Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

Execution Version 

					
		 		 	
		 	  
	 	

 QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION, 

as Issuer 
 the GUARANTORS party
hereto 
 AND 
 REGIONS BANK,

 as Trustee 
 11.625% Senior
Notes due 2023 

					
		 		 	
		 	  
	 	

 INDENTURE 

Dated as of April 22, 2016 

					
		 		 	
		 	  
	 	

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	 SECTION 1.1.
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.2.
	  	Other Definitions	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 1.3.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 1.4.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	37	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	SECTION 2.1.	  	Form, Dating and Terms	  	 	38	  
	SECTION 2.2.	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	44	  
	SECTION 2.3.	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	44	  
	SECTION 2.4.	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	45	  
	SECTION 2.5.	  	Holder Lists	  	 	45	  
	SECTION 2.6.	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	45	  
	SECTION 2.7.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.8.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.9.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.10.	  	[Reserved]	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.11.	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.12.	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	50	  
	SECTION 2.13.	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	50	  
	SECTION 2.14.	  	Cancellation	  	 	50	  
	SECTION 2.15.	  	Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest	  	 	51	  
	SECTION 2.16.	  	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	  	 	51	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	SECTION 3.1.	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	52	  
	SECTION 3.2.	  	Limitation on Indebtedness	  	 	52	  
	SECTION 3.3.	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	56	  
	SECTION 3.4.	  	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	60	  
	SECTION 3.5.	  	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock	  	 	62	  
	SECTION 3.6.	  	Limitation on Liens	  	 	65	  
	SECTION 3.7.	  	Limitation on Guarantees	  	 	66	  
	SECTION 3.8.	  	Limitation on Affiliate Transactions	  	 	67	  
	SECTION 3.9.	  	Change of Control	  	 	68	  
	SECTION 3.10.	  	Reports	  	 	70	  
	SECTION 3.11.	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	71	  
	SECTION 3.12.	  	Corporate Existence	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 3.13.	  	Payment of Taxes	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 3.14.	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 3.15.	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 3.16.	  	Statement by Officers as to Default	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 3.17.	  	 Suspension of Certain Covenants and Release of Guarantees on Achievement of Investment Grade
Status
	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 3.18.	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	73	  

  
 -i- 

							
	SECTION 3.19.	  	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	74	  
	SECTION 3.20.	  	Limitations on the Issuer Prior to the Consummation of the Internal Transactions	  	 	74	  
	
	ARTICLE IV	  
	
	SUCCESSOR ISSUER; Successor Person	  
			
	SECTION 4.1.	  	Merger and Consolidation	  	 	74	  
	
	ARTICLE V	  
	
	REDEMPTION OF NOTES	  
			
	SECTION 5.1.	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 5.2.	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 5.3.	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 5.4.	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	77	  
	SECTION 5.5.	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	77	  
	SECTION 5.6.	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	77	  
	SECTION 5.7.	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	78	  
	SECTION 5.8.	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	78	  
	SECTION 5.9.	  	Special Mandatory Redemption	  	 	79	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	SECTION 6.1.	  	Events of Default	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 6.2.	  	Acceleration	  	 	81	  
	SECTION 6.3.	  	Other Remedies	  	 	81	  
	SECTION 6.4.	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 6.5.	  	Control by Majority	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 6.6.	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 6.7.	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 6.8.	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.9.	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.10.	  	Priorities	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.11.	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.12.	  	Completion of Transactions Not a Default	  	 	83	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	SECTION 7.1.	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	84	  
	SECTION 7.2.	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	85	  
	SECTION 7.3.	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	86	  
	SECTION 7.4.	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	86	  
	SECTION 7.5.	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	86	  
	SECTION 7.6.	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	 	86	  
	SECTION 7.7.	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	87	  
	SECTION 7.8.	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	87	  
	SECTION 7.9.	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 7.10.	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	88	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	SECTION 7.11.	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 7.12.	  	Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer	  	 	88	  
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	SECTION 8.1.	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 8.2.	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 8.3.	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 8.4.	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 8.5.	  	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	91	  
	SECTION 8.6.	  	Repayment to the Issuer	  	 	91	  
	SECTION 8.7.	  	Reinstatement	  	 	91	  
	
	ARTICLE IX	  
	
	AMENDMENTS	  
			
	SECTION 9.1.	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	92	  
	SECTION 9.2.	  	With Consent of Holders	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 9.3.	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 9.4.	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 9.5.	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 9.6.	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	 	94	  
	
	ARTICLE X	  
	
	GUARANTEE	  
			
	SECTION 10.1.	  	Guarantee	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 10.2.	  	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 10.3.	  	Right of Contribution	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 10.4.	  	No Subrogation	  	 	97	  
	
	ARTICLE XI	  
	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	SECTION 11.1.	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 11.2.	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	98	  
	
	ARTICLE XII	  
	
	[Reserved]	  
	
	ARTICLE XIII	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	SECTION 13.1.	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 13.2.	  	Notices	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 13.3.	  	Communication by Holders with other Holders	  	 	99	  
	SECTION 13.4.	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	99	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 SECTION 13.5.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 13.6.
	  	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 13.7.
	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 13.8.
	  	Legal Holidays	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 13.9.
	  	Governing Law	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 13.10.
	  	Jurisdiction	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 13.11.
	  	Waivers of Jury Trial	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.12.
	  	USA PATRIOT Act	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.13.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.14.
	  	Successors	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.15.
	  	Multiple Originals	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.16.
	  	Qualification of Indenture	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.17.
	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.18.
	  	Force Majeure	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.19.
	  	Severability	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 13.20.
	  	Waiver of Immunities	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 13.21.
	  	Judgment Currency	  	 	102	  

  

			
	EXHIBIT A	  	Form of Global Restricted Note
	EXHIBIT B	  	Form of Exchange Global Note
	EXHIBIT C	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture
	EXHIBIT D	  	Form of Certificate to be Delivered Upon Termination of Restricted Period
	EXHIBIT E	  	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs
	EXHIBIT F	  	Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	        (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	        (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	        (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	        (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	        (b)
	  	7.3; 7.8; 7.10
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	        (b)
	  	7.11
	 312 (a)
	  	2.5
	        (b)
	  	13.3
	        (c)
	  	13.3
	 313 (a)
	  	7.6
	        (b)(1)
	  	7.6
	        (b)(2)
	  	7.6
	        (c)
	  	7.6
	        (d)
	  	7.6
	 314 (a)
	  	3.10; 3.15; 13.5
	        (b)
	  	N.A.
	        (c)(1)
	  	2.2; 13.4
	        (c)(2)
	  	2.2; 13.4
	        (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	        (d)
	  	N.A.
	        (e)
	  	13.5
	 315 (a)
	  	7.1
	        (b)
	  	7.5; 13.2
	        (c)
	  	7.1
	        (d)
	  	7.1
	        (e)
	  	6.11

  
 -iv- 

			
	 316 (a)(last sentence)
	  	         13.6         
	        (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.5
	        (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.4
	        (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	        (b)
	  	6.7
	        (c)
	  	N.A.
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	6.8
	        (a)(2)
	  	6.9
	        (b)
	  	2.4
	 318 (a)
	  	13.1

 N.A. means not applicable. 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 -v- 

 INDENTURE dated as of April 22, 2016, among QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation,
the Guarantors party hereto from time to time and REGIONS BANK, an Alabama banking corporation, as trustee. 
 W I T
N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of
this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Initial Notes”), each as issued on the date hereof, (ii) any additional Notes (the
“Additional Notes”) that may be issued after the Issue Date in compliance with this Indenture (other than the Exchange Notes) and (iii) its 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 to be issued pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement (as
defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes or Additional Notes (the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all
the Notes and the performance and observation of each covenant and agreement under this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed will be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Guarantors; and 

WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed and duly issued by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder,
the valid obligations of the Issuer and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer have been done. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows: 

ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such
acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates, amalgamates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to
clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to
clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination. 
 “Additional
Assets” means: 
 (1) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Issuer, a
Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset
Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets); 
 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a
Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or 

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly,
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and
policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 “Alternative Currency” means each of Euro, British Pounds Sterling, Australian Dollars, Brazilian Real, Canadian
Dollars, Chinese Yuan, Danish Kroner, Egyptian Pound, Hong Kong Dollars, Indian Rupee, Indonesian Rupiah, Japanese Yen, Korean Won, Mexican Pesos, New Zealand Dollars, Russian Ruble, Singapore Dollars, Swedish Kroner, Swiss Francs and each other
currency (other than United States Dollars) that is a lawful currency (other than United States Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into United States Dollars. 

“Applicable Premium” means the greater of (A) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any redemption date, the
excess (to the extent positive) of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note
at April 15, 2019 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table in Section 5.7(c) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption)), plus (ii) all required interest
payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed on the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate at such
redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the outstanding principal amount of such Note; 

in each case, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate.

“Applicable Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two (2) Business Days (but not more than five (5) Business Days) prior to the redemption date
(or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2019;
provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2019 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Applicable Treasury Rate shall
be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such
applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Asset Disposition” means: 

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of the Issuer) (each referred to in this definition as a
“disposition”); or 
 (b) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions; 

  
 -2- 

 in each case, other than: 

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (including
allowing any registrations or any applications for registrations of any intellectual property rights to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice); 

(4) a disposition of obsolete, worn out, uneconomic, damaged or surplus property, equipment or other assets or property,
equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical, or commercially desirable to maintain, used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether now or hereafter owned or leased or
acquired in connection with an acquisition; 
 (5) transactions permitted under Section 4.1 (other than clause (e)
thereunder) or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 

(7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a
fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $25,000,000; 
 (8) any Restricted Payment that
is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 3.5(a)(3), asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted
Payments or Permitted Investments; 
 (9) dispositions consisting of Permitted Liens; 

(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 

(11) conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses or other dispositions of intellectual property, software or other
general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to
such agreement receives a license to use the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement; 
 (12)
foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets; 
 (13) the sale or discount
(with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or the
conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable; 

  
 -3- 

 (14) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (15) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or
other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in
connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition; 

(16) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of
similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is
actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 

(17) any sale, disposition or creation of a Lien pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction, or the disposition of an
account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(18) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any
reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture; 

(19) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to
customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; 

(20) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations pursuant to its terms; 

(21) the surrender or waiver of any contractual rights and the settlement release, surrender or waiver of any contractual or
other claims in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
 (22) any swap of assets in
exchange for services or other assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 

(23) a Hospital Swap; 

(24) long-term leases of Hospitals to another Person; provided that the aggregate book value of the properties subject
to such leases at any one time outstanding does not exceed 2.5% of the Total Assets at the time any such lease is entered into; and 

(25) any transfers or dispositions of assets made pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement. 

“Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the
legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value
(discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations 

  
 -4- 

 
of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended);
provided, however, that if such Sale and Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby shall be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease
Obligation.”  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal,
state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means (1) with respect to the Issuer or any
corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the
partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be
made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is
taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval). 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect of the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New
York, United States or the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital
Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any
Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means
an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such
obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such
lease may be terminated without penalty. For purposes of Section 3.6, a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) (a) United States Dollars, Euro, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union or Canada; or (b)
any other foreign currency held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a member state
of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of the foregoing (provided that the full faith and credit obligation of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than
two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight
bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable
ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess
of $100,000,000; 

  
 -5- 

 (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in
clauses (2), (3) and (7) of this definition entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) of this definition; 

(5) commercial paper rated at least (i) “A-1” or higher by S&P or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or,
if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) maturing within two years after the date of creation thereof or (ii)
“A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the
Issuer) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof, or, in each case, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt; 

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least “P-2” or “A-2”
from either S&P or Moody’s, respectively (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) and in each case maturing
within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof; 
 (7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by
any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision, taxing authority or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest ratings categories by S&P or Moody’s (or, if
at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision, taxing authority or
public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest ratings categories obtainable by S&P or Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally
Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(9) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated within
the three highest ratings categories by S&P or Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer); 

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of (i) “A” or higher from S&P or
“A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of 24 months or
less from the date of acquisition, or (ii) “A-” or higher from S&P or “A-3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized
Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(11) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the European Union or Japan eligible for
rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent); 
 (12) Cash Equivalents
or instruments similar to those referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency; 

  
 -6- 

 (13) interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund
or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in clauses (1) through (12) above; and 

(14) for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” any marketable securities portfolio
owned by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include
amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) of this definition as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10)
Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. 
 “Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following
types of services or facilities: (a) automated clearing house transfers and transactions, (b) cash management services, including controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, stored value card and
electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services and(d) services and facilities substantially similar to the foregoing. 

“Change of Control” means: 

(1) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act,
proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) becoming the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (other than a transaction following
which holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such transaction) own, directly or indirectly, at a
least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such transaction immediately after such transaction); or 

(2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consummation of the Transactions shall not constitute a Change of Control. 

“CHS” means Community Health Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total
amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization or write-off of (i) intangibles and non-cash organization costs, (ii) deferred financing fees or debt issuance costs and (iii) the amortization of original issue discount
resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (but excluding amortization of prepaid cash
expenses that were paid in a prior period); and any non-cash write-down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet (other than in respect of current assets). 

  
 -7- 

 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period: 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by: 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, provincial,
local, foreign, unitary, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes (including any penalties and interest) of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating
to any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest
Expense” pursuant to clauses (u) through (z) in clause (1) thereof), to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period, to the extent the same were deducted
(and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) (x) Transaction Expenses and (y) any
fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated issuance or registration (actual or proposed) of any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition,
disposition, recapitalization, or the incurrence or registration (actual or proposed) of Indebtedness (including a refinancing thereof) (in each case, whether or not consummated or successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to
the offering of the Notes, the Credit Agreements, any other Credit Facilities and any fees related to a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and (ii) any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the Notes, the Credit Agreements, any other
Credit Facilities and any fees related to a Qualified Receivables Transaction, in each case, whether or not consummated or successful, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 (e) the amount of any restructuring charge, reserve, integration cost, or other business optimization expense or cost
(including charges directly related to implementation of cost-savings initiatives) to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income, including, without limitation, any one time costs Incurred in
connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Issue Date, those related to severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening and closure
and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business; plus 
 (f) any other non-cash charges,
write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing such Consolidated Net Income including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting; provided that if any non-cash charge or other item referred to in this clause
(f) represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to such extent paid; plus 

 (g) any fees, expenses and charges incurred during such period in respect of litigation (including legal fees) against
such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 

  
 -8- 

 (h) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense
reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to result from actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period in connection with any acquisition or disposition by such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of
the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period from such actions and net of the incremental expense incurred or to be incurred during such period in order to achieve such cost savings or other benefits referred to above;
provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable, reasonably attributable to the actions specified and reasonably anticipated to result from such actions and (y) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within
twelve (12) months after the consummation of the acquisition or disposition which is expected to result in such cost savings or other benefits referred to above; provided that the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause
(h) shall not for any four fiscal quarter period exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four fiscal quarter period (and such determination shall be made before giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (h));
plus 
 (i) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity
plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the
Issuer or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, solely to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth under Section 3.3(a)(iii), to the extent
the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (j) cash receipts (or
any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not included in Consolidated EBITDA in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to
clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus 
 (k) any net loss included in the
consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“FAS 160”) (Accounting Standard Codification Topic 810)
to the deconsolidation of a Subsidiary, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(l) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or
liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(m) upfront fees or charges arising from any Qualified Receivables Transaction for such period, and any other amounts for such
period comparable to or in the nature of interest under any Qualified Receivables Transaction, and losses on dispositions or sale of assets in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction for such period, to the extent the same were
deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income; 
 (2) decreased (without duplication) by an amount
which in the determination of such Consolidated Net Income has been included for: 
 (a) non-cash items increasing such
Consolidated Net Income (other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business), excluding (i) any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced
Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and (ii) any non-cash gains in respect of which cash was actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period; plus 

  
 -9- 

 (b) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of
foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus  

(c) any net income included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of FAS 160 (Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 810) to the deconsolidation of a Subsidiary; and 
 (3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by,
as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued,
including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers
acceptances or any similar facilities or similar financing and hedging agreements, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging
Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations or any deferred payment obligations, (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with
respect to Indebtedness and (f) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excluding
(t) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of
purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any fees related to a Qualified Receivables Transaction, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing
of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) imputed interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of purchase accounting under GAAP; plus 

 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued; less  
 (3) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): 

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that any equity in the net income
of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend
or other distribution or return on investment (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); 

  
 -10- 

 (2) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the
Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer or a Guarantor by operation of the
terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have
been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to any Credit Agreement, the Notes, or this Indenture, and (c) restrictions specified in Section 3.4(b)(13)(i)), except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such
Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period
to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); 

(3) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction), which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); 

(4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, income, charge or expense (including relating to the
Transaction Expenses); 
 (5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 

(6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based
awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other retiree provisions or on the revaluation of any benefit plan obligation and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

 (7) all deferred financing costs written off or amortized and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in
connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness; 

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related
to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any Hedging Obligations; 

(9) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person
denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies; 

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations
of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) any purchase accounting
effects, including, without limitation, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements
(including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions or any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off
of in process research and development); 
 (12) any non-cash impairment charge, write-down or write-off, including without
limitation, impairment charges, write-downs or write-offs relating to goodwill, intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities, in accordance with GAAP or as a result of a change in law or regulation; 

  
 -11- 

 (13) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or
cancellation of Indebtedness or any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments; 
 (14) [reserved]; 

(15) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar
accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements; 
 (16)
[reserved]; 
 (17) non-cash charges and gains resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141R
(Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805) (including with respect to earn-outs Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); 

(18) the amount of any expense to the extent a corresponding amount is received in cash by the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries from a Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided such payment has not been included in determining Consolidated Net Income (it being understood that if the amounts received in cash under any such
agreement in any period exceed the amount of expense in respect of such period, such excess amounts received may be carried forward and applied against expense in future periods); and 

(19) any net gain (or loss) from discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of discontinued operations.

 In addition, to the extent not already excluded in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall exclude (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions, or so long as the Issuer has made a determination
that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount shall in fact be indemnified or reimbursed (and such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such charge or payment (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the
extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days)), in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, (ii) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as
the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount shall in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed
within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption, (iii) any expenses and
charges to the extent paid for, or so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount shall in fact be reimbursed by (and such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such
payment (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days)), any third party other than such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iv) solely for the purpose of determining the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(iii)(A), any repurchase, redemption, sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments or any sale of stock of or distribution, dividend or asset transfer from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, in each case to the extent any of the foregoing increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 3.3(a)(iii)(D) or Section 3.3(a)(iii)(E). 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder, Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Services, Hedging Obligations entered into in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes and intercompany indebtedness, but including the Receivables Transaction Amount in respect of any Qualified Receivables Transaction) of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date minus 

  
 -12- 

 
(b) the aggregate amount, not to exceed $50,000,000, of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of
the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements of the Issuer are available. 
 “Consolidated Total
Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness secured by a Lien as of such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for
the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are
consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such
Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor; 
 (2) to advance or supply funds: 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring
the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at the address specified in Section 13.2 or such other
address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer. 
 “Credit Agreements” means (i) the
Credit Agreement expected to be entered into on or prior to the Escrow Release Date in connection with the Transactions by and among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and
collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any guarantee and
collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded,
replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, (ii) the ABL Credit Agreement expected to be
entered into on or prior to the Escrow Release Date in connection with the Transactions by and among the Issuer, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent, together with
the related documents thereto (including any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, letter of credit applications and other Guarantees,
pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents), as the same may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as
to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time and (iii) any one or more additional agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement,
replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder) in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be
outstanding under (or otherwise incurred in compliance with) such Credit Agreement (whether documented in the agreement for such Credit Agreement or in a separate written instrument) or one or more successors to any Credit Agreement or one or more
new credit agreements.  

  
 -13- 

 “Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries,
one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the Credit Agreements or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term
loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each
case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative
agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Credit Agreements or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and
in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any guarantee and
collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors
thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default;
provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default shall be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event
of Default. 
 “Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in
Section 2.3 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash
consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such
valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash
Consideration shall no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 3.5. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means, with respect to the Issuer, Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) (a) that is
issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or such
Subsidiary) and (b) that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer at or prior to the issuance thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth
in Section 3.3(a)(iii)(B). 
 “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of
the Board of Directors of the Issuer having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by
reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock. 

  
 -14- 

 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of
such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise; or 
 (2) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise
redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, 
 in each case
on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is
so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof
have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation
is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.3; provided, further, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any
such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 

“Distribution” means CHS’s distribution of the shares of the Issuer’s common stock to CHS’s stockholders
pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any
successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Employee Matters Agreement” means the Employee Matters Agreement between CHS and
the Issuer, to be dated on or prior to the Escrow Release Date.  
 “Equity Offering” means a sale of Capital Stock
of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions and other than any sale of
Capital Stock to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Escrow Account” means the account into which the Initial
Purchasers deposit the gross proceeds of the Initial Notes sold on the Issue Date. 
 “Escrow Agent” means Regions Bank, an
Alabama banking corporation, as escrow agent, together with its successors. 
 “Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow
Agreement related to the Initial Notes, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent. 
 “Escrow
End Date” means July 31, 2016. 
 “Escrowed Property” means (i) the deposit of the gross proceeds of the offering
of the Initial Notes sold on the Issue Date and (ii) an amount of cash deposited by Issuer (or caused to be deposited) that, when taken together 

  
 -15- 

 
with the deposit referred to in clause (i), will be sufficient to fund a Special Mandatory Redemption of the Initial Notes on May 31, 2016, if a Special Mandatory Redemption were to occur on
such date, plus an amount equal to five days of interest accrued on the Notes, together with any other property from time to time held by the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Account. 

“Escrow Release Date” means the date the Issuer delivers to the Escrow Agent, on or prior to the Escrow End Date, an
Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that the following conditions have been or, substantially concurrently with the release of the Escrowed Property, will be satisfied: 

 

	 	(1)	the Internal Transactions shall have been consummated; 

  

	 	(2)	all conditions precedent to the Distribution shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be
satisfied substantially concurrently with the Distribution); 

  

	 	(3)	all conditions precedent to the borrowings under the Credit Agreements in effect as of such date (other than the release of the Escrowed Property or the receipt of proceeds from the offering of the Initial Notes on the
Issue Date, as applicable) to be drawn in connection with the Spin-Off shall have been satisfied or waived, and the borrowings under such Credit Agreements to be drawn in connection with the Spin-Off (as applicable) shall be available to the Issuer
on the Escrow Release Date; 

  

	 	(4)	the Guarantors shall have, by supplemental indenture, joinder or otherwise, become parties to this Indenture; 

  

	 	(5)	the Guarantors shall have, by joinder or otherwise, become parties to the Purchase Agreement; 

  

	 	(6)	the Guarantors shall have, by joinder or otherwise, become parties to the Registration Rights Agreement; and 

  

	 	(7)	all Initial Purchaser’s discounts and all expenses required to be reimbursed in connection with the offering of the Initial Notes shall have been paid, and the amounts in any Escrow Account shall have been used
solely for the purposes set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum. 

“Euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the
Treaty on European Union. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property
or assets received by the Issuer as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer. 

“fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of
Directors of the Issuer setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith. 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of
Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such determination date for which internal consolidated financial statements are available to the Fixed Charges of such Person for
such four consecutive fiscal quarters. 

  
 -16- 

 In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems,
defeases, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of
Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided, however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give
effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date pursuant to Section 3.2(b). 
 For purposes
of making the computation referred to above, any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference
period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference
period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any
Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good
faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Issuer (including with respect to cost savings; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable, reasonably attributable to the action specified and
reasonably anticipated to result from such actions and (y) such actions have been taken or initiated and the benefits resulting therefrom are anticipated by the Issuer to be realized within twelve (12) months). If any Indebtedness bears a
floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period
(taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of
the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with
a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar
rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred
Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid
(excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 
 “Foreign
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary and
(ii) any Subsidiary of such Person that otherwise would be a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and any other assets incidental thereto. 

  
 -17- 

 “Form 10” means the registration statement on Form 10, originally filed by the
Issuer with the SEC on September 4, 2015, as amended or supplemented.  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this
Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after the Escrow Release Date, the Issuer may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election;
provided, however, that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Escrow Release Date, the Issuer may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election,
references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Issuer to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such
election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s
election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, further, that the Issuer may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to
be made by the Issuer, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and Section 3.10, in IFRS. The Issuer shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee
and the Holders. 
 “Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or
other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank, stock exchange or other entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory,
self-regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

(2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof
or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided, however, that the term “Guarantee”
shall not include (x) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (y) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business;
provided, further, that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (ii) the maximum
amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount
is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding
meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means, following the Escrow Release Date, any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes by
execution and delivery to the Trustee of a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C, until such Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 -18- 

 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such
Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar
agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the
respective nominee of DTC. 
 “Hospital” means a hospital, outpatient clinic, outpatient surgical center, long-term care
facility, medical office building or other facility or business that is used or useful in or related to the provision of healthcare services. 

“Hospital Swap” means an exchange of assets and, to the extent necessary to equalize the value of the assets being
exchanged, cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for one or more Hospitals and/or one or more Similar Businesses, or for 100% of the Capital Stock of any Person owning or operating one or more Hospitals and/or one or more Similar Businesses;
provided that cash does not exceed 30% of the sum of the amount of the cash and the fair market value of the Capital Stock or assets received or given by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in such transaction. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate two Hospital Swaps in any 12-month period without regard to the requirements of the proviso in the previous sentence. 

“IAI” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act. 
 “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting standards, as adopted in the European
Union. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that
(i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) and Consolidated EBITDA together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries of less than 5.0% of the Issuer’s Total Assets and Consolidated EBITDA (measured, in the case of Total Assets, at the end of the most recent fiscal
period for which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarters ended for which internal consolidated financial statements are available, in each case
measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or dispositions of companies, divisions or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable). 

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility
shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to
any Person on any date of determination (without duplication) to the extent, except with respect to clauses (6), (7) and (9) below, such obligation should appear as a liability or otherwise on the balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with GAAP: 
 (1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar
instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the 

  
 -19- 

 
aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have been reimbursed) (except to the extent such
reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence); 

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except
trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto; 

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions
entered into by such Person; 
 (6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person
with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not
such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the
Issuer) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; 
 (8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal
component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; 
 (9) the Receivables Transaction Amount
in respect of any Qualified Receivables Transaction; and 
 (10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net
obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the
termination of such agreement or arrangement). 
 Except as set forth in clause (5) above, the term “Indebtedness” shall not
include any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course
of business or consistent with past practice, obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past
practice. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total
amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of
Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event
shall the following constitute Indebtedness: 
 (i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practice; 
 (ii) Cash Management Services; 

(iii) in connection with the purchase by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment
adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such 

  
 -20- 

 
payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of
closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner; 

(iv) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or
termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or 

(v) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary). 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party
appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuer. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan
Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc and Fifth Third
Securities, Inc. (each an “Initial Purchaser”). 
 “Internal Transactions” means the series of internal
transactions, including those described under “The Separation and Distribution” in the Offering Memorandum and Note 4 to the Issuer’s audited combined financial statements in the Offering Memorandum or otherwise described in the Form
10, following which the Issuer will hold the combined business of the hospitals and related business operations, and Quorum Health Resources, LLC and its related business, that CHS or its Subsidiaries will contribute directly or indirectly the
Issuer in connection with the Spin-Off, all as described in the Form 10, but excluding borrowing funds under the Credit Agreements. 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the
form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services
for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would
be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice shall not
be deemed to be an Investment. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto shall be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. 

For purposes of Sections 3.3 and 3.18: 

(1) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a Restricted
Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the
Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively
determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such
transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 

  
 -21- 

 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured
by a member of the European Union, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (3) debt
securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A—” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then
exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and 

(4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above
which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution. 
 “Investment Grade Status” shall
occur when the Notes receive two of the following: 
 (1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P; 

(2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; or 

(3) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch; 

or the equivalent of such rating by any such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating
by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization. 
 “Issue Date” means April 22, 2016. 

“Issuer” means Quorum Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns. 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Management Advances” means loans or advances made
to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

(1) (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practice, (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of
Directors of the Issuer or (c) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; and 

(2) not exceeding $10,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time. 

  
 -22- 

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its
successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act. 

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of
deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other
consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in
each case net of: 
 (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other
fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution
of such proceeds to the Issuer and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with
the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law must be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than the Issuer or any of its
respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 
 (4) the deduction of
appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such
Asset Disposition. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, means the
cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually
Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a
result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Issuer and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements). 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S). 

“Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees of the Notes and this Indenture. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto
and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including interest accruing on or after
the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for Post-Petition Interest is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including,
without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

  
 -23- 

 “Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum dated April 8, 2016,
relating to the offering by the Issuer of $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.625% senior notes due 2023. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual
designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Officer’s
Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person. 
 “Opinion of
Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or the Trustee. 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any
Note on behalf of the Issuer. 
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used
or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the
value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5. 

“Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries): 

(1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Issuer or (b) a
Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such
other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(4) Investments in receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 

(5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances
ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(6) Management Advances; 

(7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and
owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in
satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any
secured Investment in default; 

  
 -24- 

 (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a
sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition; 
 (9) any Investments (i) existing on the
Issue Date or the Escrow Release Date or made pursuant to binding agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date or the Escrow Release Date, (ii) made pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents or (iii) consisting of any modification, replacement,
renewal or extension of any Investment existing on the Issue Date or the Escrow Release Date or made pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents; provided that the amount of any such Investment may only be increased (a) as required by the terms of
such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or the Escrow Release Date, as applicable, or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 

(10) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.2; 

(11) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practice or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 3.6; 

(12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) as consideration; 

(13) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with
Section 3.8(b) (except those described in Sections 3.8(b)(1), (3), (6), (7), (8) and (12)); 

(14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases
of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and in accordance with this Indenture; 

(15) (i) Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 3.2 and (other than with respect to Indebtedness)
guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations that are permitted by this Indenture; 

(16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or
other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (17) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary
acquired on or after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Issuer or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection
with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

(18) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with
other Persons; 
 (19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject
to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuer; 
 (20) Investments in joint ventures and similar entities
having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 1.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of
each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

  
 -25- 

 (21) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together
with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 3.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant
to Section 3.3(a)(iii)); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and
shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (21); 
 (22) (i) any Investment in a Receivables
Subsidiary or other Person, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Qualified Receivables Transaction and (ii) any right to receive distributions or payments of fees related to a Qualified Receivables Transaction and any right to purchase
assets of a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (23) [reserved]; 

(24) (a) any Investment in any captive insurance subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date or the Escrow Release Date or
(b) in the event the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary will establish a Subsidiary for the purpose of insuring the healthcare business or facilities owned or operated by the Issuer, any Subsidiary or any physician employed by or on the medical
staff of any such business or facility (the “Insurance Subsidiary”), Investments in an amount that do not exceed 150% of the minimum amount of capital required under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Insurance Subsidiary is
formed (other than any excess capital that would result in any unfavorable tax or reimbursement impact if distributed), and any Investment by such Insurance Subsidiary that is a legal investment for an insurance company under the laws of the
jurisdiction in which the Insurance Subsidiary is formed and made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and rated in one of the four highest rating categories; 

(25) Physician Support Obligations made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(26) Investments made in connection with Hospital Swaps; 

(27) any Investment pursuant to any customary buy/sell arrangements in favor of investors or joint venture parties in
connection with syndications of healthcare facilities, including, without limitation, hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers, outpatient diagnostic centers or imaging centers; and 

(28) any Investment in any Subsidiary or joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related
activities arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice. 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with
respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; 
 (2) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s
compensation laws, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance
arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or
performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case
Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

  
 -26- 

 (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s,
mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens for Taxes which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 

(5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of,
or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar
encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the
value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(6) Liens (a) on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management
Services permitted under this Indenture; (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated
clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of
overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 3.2(b)(8)(iii) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary
initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i)
of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off)
arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such
bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness; 

(7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each
case entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
 (8) Liens arising out of judgments,
decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as (a) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated, (b) the
period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired or (c) no more than 60 days have passed after (i) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (ii) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has
expired; 
 (9) Liens (i) on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing
Capitalized Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations or the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property
acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under Section
3.2(b)(7) and (b) any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or 

  
 -27- 

 
property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (ii) on any interest or title of a
lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating lease with respect to the assets or property subject to such lease; 

(10) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable
jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(11) Liens existing on the Issue Date, excluding Liens securing the Credit Agreements; 

(12) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or
at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other
assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property,
other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; 

(13) Liens on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or a Guarantor, or Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(14) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted
to be secured under clauses (9), (11), (12), (13), (14), and (30) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or
distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(15) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed
by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar
arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property; 
 (16) any
encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 

(17) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from
progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets; 
 (18) Liens arising out of conditional
sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(19) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, in
each case that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1); 

  
 -28- 

 (20) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary permitted by
Section 3.2(b)(14) covering only the assets of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; 
 (21) Liens on Capital Stock of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (22) any security granted over the
marketable securities portfolio described in clause (9) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party; 

(23) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in
respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(24) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
 (25) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in
connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(26) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums
thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit
or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers; 
 (27) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in
connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture; 
 (28) Liens (i) on cash advances
in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset
sale permitted under Section 3.5, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; 

(29) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a)
$100,000,000 and (b) 4.0% Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 
 (30) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect
of any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2; provided that at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 3.75
to 1.00; 
 (31) Liens on assets of a Receivables Subsidiary and other customary Liens established pursuant to a Qualified
Receivables Transaction; or 
 (32) Liens securing any Obligations in respect of the Notes issued on the Issue Date prior to
Escrow Release, including, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations in respect of any Guarantee of the Notes. 
 For purposes
of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness including interest which increases the principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

  
 -29- 

 “Physician Support Obligation” means (1) a loan to or on behalf of, or a
Guarantee of Indebtedness of or income of, a physician or healthcare professional providing service to patients in the service area of a Hospital operated by the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliated joint venture otherwise
permitted by this Indenture made or given by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (A) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (B) pursuant to a written agreement having a period not to exceed five
years or (2) Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases and loans to acquire property (real or personal) for or on behalf of a physician or healthcare professional providing service to patients in the service area of a
Hospital operated by the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any affiliated joint venture otherwise permitted by this Indenture. 

“Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the
commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. 

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed
to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital
Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person,
over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated
April 8, 2016, between the Issuer and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers, relating to the issuance of the Initial Notes. 

“Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction
or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets,
or otherwise. 
 “QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer pursuant to customary terms to a Receivables Subsidiary or any other Person or grants a security interest in, any accounts
receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other
obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets that are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with sales, factoring or
securitization transactions involving accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means any special purpose Wholly
Owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer (i) that acquires accounts receivable generated by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) that engages in no operations or activities other than those related to a Qualified Receivables
Transaction and (iii) except pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (x) no portion of the obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any way,
and (y) with which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer. 
 “Receivables Transaction Amount” means, with
respect to any Qualified Receivables Transaction, (a) in the case of any securitization, the amount of obligations outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of such Qualified Receivables Transaction on any date of determination
that would be characterized as principal if 

  
 -30- 

 
such Qualified Receivables Transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase and (b) in the case of any other sale or factoring of accounts receivable,
the cash purchase price paid by the buyer in connection with its purchase of such accounts receivable (including any bills of exchange) less the amount of collections received in respect of such accounts receivable and paid to such buyer, excluding
any amounts applied to purchase fees or discount or in the nature of interest, in each case as determined in good faith and in a consistent and commercially reasonable manner by the Issuer. 

“Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell,
extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a
correlative meaning. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace,
exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or the Escrow Release Date, as applicable, or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including
Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing
Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 
 (1) (a) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no
earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced, (b) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted
Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and (c) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; 
 (2) Refinancing
Indebtedness shall not include: 
 (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer
that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or 

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness
has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then
outstanding (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Initial Notes dated as of the
Issue Date, among the Issuer and the representative of the Initial Purchasers, as amended or supplemented (including by the joinder of the Guarantors on the Escrow Release Date), and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in
connection with the issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering by the Issuer after the Escrow Release Date. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S -X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any
Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

  
 -31- 

 “Restricted Notes” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of the
restrictive legends described in Section 2.1(d). 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means, in the case
of a Rule 144A Global Notes, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(1), in the case of a Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2) and, in the case of a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section
2.1(d)(3). 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For the
purposes of the Notes and this Indenture, and the interpretation thereof, for all periods prior to the completion of the Spin-Off (including on and after the Issue Date), the Subsidiaries of CHS that will be Subsidiaries of the Issuer upon
completion of the Spin-Off will be deemed to have been Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144
under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a
Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing
for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of
such leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien other than Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management
Services. 
 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder, as amended. 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer which ranks equally in right
of payment to the Notes or of any Guarantor if such Indebtedness ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor. 

“Separation and Distribution Agreement” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement between CHS and the Issuer, to be
dated on or prior to the Escrow Release Date. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries
or any Associates on the Escrow Release Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the
foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof. 
 “Spin-Off” means the Internal Transactions and the
Distribution.  
 “Spin-Off Documents” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services
Agreements, Tax Matters Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement, and any other instruments, assignment, documents and agreements executed in connection with the implementation of the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing.  

  
 -32- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means all representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which are customary in securitization transactions involving accounts receivable. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which
the payment of principal of such Indebtedness is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any
Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company
or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership interests or otherwise; and 
 (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner
or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Tax Matters Agreement” means the Tax Matters Agreement between CHS and the Issuer,
to be dated on or prior to the Escrow Release Date.  
 “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority. 

“Total Assets” means, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio. 
 “Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions. 
 “Transactions” means (1) (A) the Spin-Off, (B) any other
transactions contemplated by, or pursuant to, the Spin-Off Documents or otherwise in connection with the Spin-Off (including any cancelation or termination of Indebtedness, agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings, including
intercompany accounts payables, receivables or Indebtedness, between the Issuer and any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and CHS or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, and making certain
intercompany contributions and dividend payments) and (C) any other transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Escrow Release Date on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum or any

  
 -33- 

 
amendment, modification, addition or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as the terms of such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, added, supplemented or replaced,
are not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole compared to the applicable agreements as described in the Offering Memorandum (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), (2) the issuance of the Notes, (3) the
entering into of the Credit Agreements and the borrowing of the loans thereunder and (4) the payment of the Transaction Expenses. 

“Transition Services Agreements” means the Transition Services Agreements (as defined in the Separation and Distribution
Agreement) between one or more Affiliates of CHS, on the one hand, and one or more Affiliates of CHSPSC, LLC, on the other hand, to be dated on or prior to the Escrow Release Date.  

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

“Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer
or any other officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter
is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Trustee” means
Regions Bank, an Alabama banking corporation, and any subsequent successor thereof. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the
Uniform Commercial Code from time to time in effect in the State of New York. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of
Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a
Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on
any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) such designation and the Investment of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely
payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as
a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the
holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in
respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

  
 -34- 

 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person
then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means,
when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by 

(2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than
directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or another Domestic Subsidiary) is owned by the Issuer or another Domestic Subsidiary. 

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	3.5(a)(3)(ii)
		
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	3.8(a)
		
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(g)(2)
		
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	3.5(b)
		
	 “Asset Sale Payment Date”
	  	3.5(f)(2)
		
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	2.2
		
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	3.9(a)
		
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	3.9(a)
		
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	3.9(a)(2)
		
	 “Clearstream”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Control”
	  	1.1
		
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.3
		
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	2.15
		
	 “Defeasance Trust”
	  	8.4(1)
		
	 “disposition”
	  	1.1
		
	 “Euroclear”
	  	2.1(b)

  
 -35- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1(a)
		
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	3.5(b)
		
	 “Exchange Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “FAS 160”
	  	1.1
		
	 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”
	  	1.1
		
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.1
		
	 “Increased Amount”
	  	3.6(c)
		
	 “Initial Agreement”
	  	3.4(b)(15)
		
	 “Initial Default”
	  	6.2(d)
		
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	3.6(a)
		
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Insurance Subsidiary”
	  	1.1
		
	 “Issuer Order”
	  	2.2
		
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	13.21
		
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.2
		
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	13.8
		
	 “Notes”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Notes Register”
	  	2.3
		
	 “Other Guarantee”
	  	10.2(b)(5)
		
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3
		
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Permitted Payments”
	  	3.3(b)
		
	 “primary obligations”
	  	1.1
		
	 “primary obligor”
	  	1.1
		
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.11
		
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	3.3(b)(2)
		
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3
		
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.6(b)
		
	 “Restricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)

  
 -36- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	3.3(a)(4)
		
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	3.17(b)
		
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	3.5(a)(3)(ii)
		
	 “Special Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.15(a)
		
	 “Special Interest Redemption Date”
	  	5.9
		
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption”
	  	5.9
		
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”
	  	5.9
		
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”
	  	5.9
		
	 “Special Record Date”
	  	2.15(a)
		
	 “Successor Company”
	  	4.1(a)(1)
		
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	3.17(a)
		
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	3.17(b)
		
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Unrestricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)

 SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the
mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 

“indenture securities” means the Notes. 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, each Guarantor and any other obligor on the indenture
securities. 
 All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined in the Trust
Indenture Act by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.4.
Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

  
 -37- 

 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means including without limitation; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(7) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or
with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, if any, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest, if any, is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to
the Notes; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the requirement that Additional Interest, if any, is due unless the Trustee receives written notice from the Issuer stating that such amounts are
due and specifying the dollar amounts thereof; 
 (8) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms
of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; 
 (9) the words “herein,”
“hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

(10) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such
Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person. 

ARTICLE II 
 THE NOTES 

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms. 

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes
issued on the date hereof shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000. In addition, the Issuer may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes. Furthermore, Notes
may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5, in connection with an Asset
Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuer may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in
compliance with this Indenture, including Sections 3.2 and 3.6. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes,
the Issuer shall set forth in (1) a Board Resolution and (2) (i) an Officer’s Certificate and (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 

(A) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

(B) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and 

(C) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes. 

  
 -38- 

 In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and
shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 13.4, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and
enforceability of such Additional Notes. 
 The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively
as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture; provided that Additional Notes and Exchange Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP or ISIN, as applicable, as existing Notes unless such Additional Notes and Exchange Notes, as
applicable, are fungible with such existing Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and otherwise. Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together as one class on all matters to which
such Holders are entitled to vote or consent, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to
vote or consent. 
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the
Issuer, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate and an indenture
supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuer
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes, the “Additional Restricted Notes”) will be resold initially only to (A) persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in
reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, and
IAIs, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements or underwriting agreements, as
the case may be, in accordance with applicable law. 
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United
States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby
incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the
Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the
maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for
DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States
of America in reliance on Regulation S (the “Regulation S Notes”) shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global
Note”). Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including
appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a
“Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Exhibit D. Each
Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC in the manner described in this Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or
to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”). Prior to the
40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described
herein. 

  
 -39- 

 The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required
by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the
records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes
resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including
appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e) (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a
single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as
hereinafter provided. 
 Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes and the
Institutional Accredited Investor Notes will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited
with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(e) (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on
behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding
the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. 
 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global
Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.” 

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent designated by
the Issuer and maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to
Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear
on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal,
premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held
by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by
wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than fifteen (15) days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may
accept in its discretion). 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in
addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.1(d) and (e). The Issuer shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note
shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and
the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 
 (c)
Denominations. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 -40- 

 (d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note
issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement, (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each
case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement, or (iii) the Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to it stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in
order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act: 
 (1) the Rule 144A Global Note and the
Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS
ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED,
ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY
PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE. 
 (2) the Regulation S Global Note
shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY
EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

(3) the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. 

  
 -41- 

 (e) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear
the following legend on the face thereof: 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME
AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR
TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE
SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 (f) [Reserved]. 

(g) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This
Section 2.1(g) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC. 

(1) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Notes
Custodian for DTC and (z) bear the applicable legends as set forth in Section 2.1(e). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part,
to DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(g)(4) and Section 2.1(h). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in
another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal
amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon
transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to
beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 
 (2) Members of, or participants
in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by
the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer
or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a
holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (3) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial
interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(h) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount
of such 

  
 -42- 

 
Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make
available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (4) In connection with the transfer of an
entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(h), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 

(5) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and
persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(6) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such
Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership
of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 (h) Definitive Notes. Except
as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if
(A) DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Note, or DTC has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed,
(B) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes or (C) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes under this
Indenture. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. In
addition, any Note transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or evidencing a Note that has been acquired by an affiliate in a transaction or series of transactions not involving any public
offering must, until six months (or one year if the holding period under Rule 144 then applicable to such Note is one year) after the last date on which either the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was an owner of the Note, be in the form of a
Definitive Note and bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions in Section 2.1(d). 
 (1) Any
Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(g) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding
transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 (2) If a
Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such
transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to
the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred. 
 (3) If a Definitive
Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or
more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the
case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive
Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof. 
 (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no
event shall a Definitive Note be delivered upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period. 

  
 -43- 

 SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the
Issuer by manual, facsimile or other electronic signature. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a
Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, (3) Exchange Notes
for issue only in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and only in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes of an equal principal amount and (4) under the circumstances set forth in
Section 2.6(e), Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether
the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial
Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. 
 The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably
acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such
Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any
Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 In case the Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to
Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance,
transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation,
merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in
phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuer Order of the successor
Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this
Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the
time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 
 SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall
maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the
Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Notes Register”). The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent
and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar. 

  
 -44- 

 The Issuer shall advise the Paying Agent in writing five (5) Business Days prior to any interest
payment date of any Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Issuer shall enter into an
appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such
agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation
therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as the
Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however,
that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to
the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with
clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee. 

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each date on which the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuer shall require the Paying
Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders and the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes
(whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuer or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer or any Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any
default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in
respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund for the benefit of the
Trustee and the Holders. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this
Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding
with respect to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists. The Trustee
shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. If the Trustee is not
the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the Trust Indenture Act, the Issuer, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five (5)
Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuer shall
otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial
interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Registrar a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification,
opinion or other document required by this Section 2.6. The Registrar will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the
Notes Register maintained by the Registrar for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such Notes Register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only

  
 -45- 

 
be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(g) and 2.1(h), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a
beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Registrar shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this Section 2.6(a). 

(b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes and Institutional Accredited Investor Notes. The following
provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date that is six months (or one year if the holding period under Rule 144 then applicable
to such Note is one year) after the later of the Issue Date and the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”):

 (1) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial
interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such
information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim
the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC. 

(2) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest
therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E, respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification
and/or other information satisfactory to it; and 
 (3) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an
Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Issuer and the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form
set forth in Exhibit F from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it. 

(c) Transfers of Regulation S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any
proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (1) a transfer of a
Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account
with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 

(2) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the
Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E, respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer;
and 
 (3) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a
Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit F from the proposed transferee and receipt by the Registrar or
its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer. 

  
 -46- 

 After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be
transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Exhibit E, Exhibit F or any additional certification. 

(d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes
Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes
Legend unless (1) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (2) a Note is being transferred
pursuant to an effective registration statement, (3) Notes are being exchanged for other Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (4) there is delivered to the Registrar an
Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered
offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note Bearing
Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial
interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (a “Restricted Global Note”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an “Unrestricted
Global Note”) without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 181st calendar day (or the 366th calendar day if the holding period under Rule
144 then applicable to such Note is one year) after (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date or (2) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the
Issuer shall (i) provide written notice to DTC and the Trustee at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global
Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuer shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s
address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the
section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (z) the “CUSIP”
number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes,
duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged into such Unrestricted Global Notes. At the Issuer’s written request on no less than five (5)
calendar days’ notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of
Holders; provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee the information required to be included in such Automatic Exchange Notice. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6(e), during the fifteen (15) calendar day period
prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges of Notes other than pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic
Exchange, the Issuer shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer stating that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the
Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular
Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of

  
 -47- 

 
beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.6(e), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the
records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests
are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be cancelled following the Automatic Exchange. 
 (f) Retention of
Written Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6, in accordance with
applicable law and the Registrar’s customary procedures. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written
notice to the Registrar. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. To permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Issuer’s and
Registrar’s written request. 
 No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the
Issuer may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon
exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5). 

The Issuer (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning
(1) fifteen (15) calendar days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) fifteen (15) calendar days before an interest payment date
and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or any Note not redeemed due to the failure of a condition precedent to the redemption. 

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem
and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as
Exhibit A or Exhibit B) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for
an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(h) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legends regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the
Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the
terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of
a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to
the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or
with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC
or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC and subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully
protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 

  
 -48- 

 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance
with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC. 

SECTION 2.7. [Reserved] 

SECTION 2.8. [Reserved] 

SECTION 2.9. [Reserved] 

SECTION 2.10. [Reserved] 

SECTION 2.11. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the
Issuer and the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving
such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a
“protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided, however, if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement
Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuer shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a
protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith. Such Holder shall furnish
an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and,
in the absence of notice to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.11, the
Issuer may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection
therewith. 
 Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.11, every new Note issued pursuant
to this Section 2.11, in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the
Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 The provisions of this Section 2.11 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights
and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

  
 -49- 

 SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and those described in this Section 2.12 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be
outstanding in the event the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which Notes are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of
Section 13.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of
Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes
which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall not be considered outstanding. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases
to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to
Section 2.11. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a
redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent
is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the notice of redemption, if any, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on
them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.13. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of
this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes
but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the
temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal
principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes. 

SECTION 2.14. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the
Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). If the Issuer or any Guarantor acquires any of the
Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this
Section 2.14. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange. 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased
or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive
Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the
Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

  
 -50- 

 SECTION 2.15. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is
payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such
payment at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 Any interest
on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest
and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its
election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below: 
 (a) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any
Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed
in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special
Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to
the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this Section 2.15(a).
Thereupon the Issuer shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than twenty (20) calendar days and not less than fifteen (15) calendar days
prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than ten (10) calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record
Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for
in Section 13.2, not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date
therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record
Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b). 
 (b) The
Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after
written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration
of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

SECTION 2.16. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers and, if
so, the Trustee may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase
shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP and ISIN numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers. 

  
 -51- 

 ARTICLE III 

COVENANTS 
 SECTION 3.1.
Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this
Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) shall be considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with
this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on
that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in
the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or
withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder. 
 SECTION
3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer and any of the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect
thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than 2.00 to 1.00. 

(b) Section 3.2(a) shall not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness: 

(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or
bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Guarantees by the Issuer or any Guarantor in respect of such Indebtedness, in a maximum aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) and
clause (15) below at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) $1,155,000,000, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts,
accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (2)
Guarantees by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; 

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing
to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that: 
 (i) any subsequent
issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be; 

  
 -52- 

 (4) Indebtedness represented by (i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes),
including any Guarantee thereof, (ii) any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes, including any Guarantee thereof, (iii) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1), (3) and (4)(i))
outstanding on the Issue Date, including any Guarantee thereof, (iv) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this Section 3.2(b)(4) or Section 3.2(b)(5) or Incurred pursuant to Section
3.2(a), and (v) Management Advances; 
 (5) (x) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor Incurred or issued to
finance an acquisition or (y) Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness (including pro forma application of the proceeds
thereof), either: 
 (i) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a); 
 (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer
and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or 

(iii) such Indebtedness constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (without giving effect to the last
sentence of the definition of “Acquired Indebtedness” or the proviso in the definition of “Incurred”) in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Persons became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof shall be those Persons who were obligors of
such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided, further that the aggregate principal amount of any Acquired Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (5)(iii) outstanding at any time shall not exceed
$5,000,000; 
 (6) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes); 

(7) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate outstanding
principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i) $50,000,000 and (ii) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time
of Incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; 
 (8) Indebtedness in respect of (i) workers’
compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees
and warranties provided by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (ii) the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5)
Business Days of Incurrence; (iii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent
with past practice; and (iv) any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or similar arrangements in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice; 
 (9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees,
indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or
Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); 

  
 -53- 

 (10) [reserved]; 

(11) [reserved]; 

(12) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former
employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Issuer that is
permitted by Section 3.3; 
 (13) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i)
the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(14) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken
together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (14) and then outstanding, shall not exceed the greater of (i) $75,000,000 and (ii) 3.0% of Total
Assets; provided, however, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to this clause (14) may not exceed $50,000,000; 

(15) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that, at the time of such
Incurrence, the Issuer would have been entitled to Incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (1) above in an amount equal to the Receivables Transaction Amount of such Qualified Receivables Transaction; and 

(16) Physician Support Obligations Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and
in compliance with, this Section 3.2: 
 (1) subject to Section 3.2(c)(3), in the event that all or any portion
of any item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify, and may from time to time reclassify under Section
3.2(c)(2), such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the clauses of Section 3.2(a) or (b); 

(2) subject to Section 3.2(c)(3), additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be classified
as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification; 

(3) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Escrow Release Date under the Credit Agreements shall be deemed to have been incurred
on the Escrow Release Date under Section 3.2(b)(1) and may not be reclassified at any time pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of this Section 3.2(c); 

(4) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under Section 3.2(b)(7) or (14) or any portion
thereof, such Indebtedness shall not include the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 

(5) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments
relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 

  
 -54- 

 (6) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or
other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1), (7) or (14) or Section 3.2(a) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or
other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included to the extent of the amount treated as so Incurred; 

(7) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary, shall be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; 

(8) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.2 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting
such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.2 permitting such Indebtedness; and 

(9) the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any
Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

(d) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a
change in GAAP, shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2. 
 (e) If at any time an
Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of
such date under this Section 3.2, the Issuer shall be in default of this Section 3.2). 
 (f) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange
rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness being refinanced was originally incurred, in the case of term indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on
the date of such refinancing. 
 (g) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 

(h) Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and senior
Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral. 

  
 -55- 

 SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except: 

(x) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants
or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Issuer; and 
 (y) dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); 

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Issuer held by Persons other than the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire
for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of
satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (ii) any Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(3)); or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment; 

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses
(1) through (4) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: 

(i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom);

 (ii) the Issuer is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving
effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or 
 (iii) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and
all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments made pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(1) (without duplication), but excluding all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to
Section 3.3(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication): 
 (A) 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer
for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal
consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); 

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities,
received by the Issuer from the issue or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) subsequent 

  
 -56- 

 
to the Issue Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer subsequent to the Issue Date (in each
case other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any
Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of its employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made
from such proceeds in reliance on Section 3.3(b)(6) and (z) Excluded Contributions); 
 (C) 100% of the
aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issue or sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or
an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the
Issue Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the
amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; 

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of
marketable securities or other property received by means of: (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and
redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constituted Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each
case after the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment
that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and 
 (E) in
the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith by the Issuer at the time
of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so
designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment. 

(b) Section 3.3(a) shall not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”): 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions
of this Indenture; 
 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital
Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to 

  
 -57- 

 
the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock and other than Capital Stock sold to a Restricted Subsidiary) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution
to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution or by any Restricted Subsidiary) of the Issuer; provided, however, that to the extent so applied,
the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Capital Stock or such contribution shall be excluded from Section 3.3(a)(iii); 

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Indebtedness that constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2; 

(4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock (other than any exchange or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary and other than an issuance of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to replace Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section
3.2; 
 (5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary: 
 (i) from Net Available Cash to the
extent permitted under Section 3.5, but only if the Issuer shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.5 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior
to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or 

(ii) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Issuer shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.9 and purchased all Notes
tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. 

(6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or
consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship;
provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (6) do not exceed $15,000,000 in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); provided
further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (i) the cash proceeds from
the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or Excluded Contributions) of the Issuer to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries that occurred after the Issue
Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(iii); plus 

  
 -58- 

 (ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 
 (iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments made in
previous calendar years pursuant Section 3.3(b)(6)(i) and (ii); 
 and provided further that cancellation of
Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer shall not be deemed
to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Indenture; 
 (7)
the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2; 

(8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon
the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; 

(9) payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments
to the extent specified in Sections 3.8(b)(2), (3), (5) and (11); 
 (10) [reserved]; 

(11) payments by the Issuer to holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such
Capital Stock, provided, however, that any such payment shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 3.3 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital
Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer); 
 (12) Restricted Payments that are made with
Excluded Contributions; 
 (13) (i) the declaration and payment of dividends on Designated Preferred Stock of the Issuer
issued after the Issue Date and (ii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, the amount of all dividends declared or paid pursuant to this clause shall not
exceed the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or the aggregate amount contributed in cash to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Issuer, from the issuance or sale of such
Designated Preferred Stock; provided further, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of
such Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 3.2(a); 

(14) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by,
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash or Cash Equivalents); 
 (15)
distributions or payments in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (16) any Restricted Payment attributable
to, or arising or made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto as generally described in the Offering Memorandum; 

(17) Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 2.0%
of Total Assets; provided, however, that, at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); 

  
 -59- 

 (18) [reserved]; and 

(19) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;
provided that (A) the aggregate amount paid for such redemptions with respect to any such issuance is no greater than the corresponding amount that constituted a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment upon issuance thereof and
(B) at the time of and after giving effect to each such mandatory redemption, the Issuer is entitled to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant Section 3.2(a). 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.3, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more
than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in clauses (1) through (19) of Section 3.3(b), or is permitted pursuant to Section 3.3(a), the Issuer shall be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof)
on the date of its payment or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3. 

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount,
and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Issuer acting in good faith. 

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or
make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating
distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction. 
 (b) Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit:

 (1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facility, or (b) any other agreement or instrument, in each
case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date or the Escrow Release Date; 
 (2) any encumbrance or restriction
pursuant to this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees of the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees thereof; 

  
 -60- 

 (3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a
Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was
designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in,
or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Issuer or was merged, consolidated or
otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or the
properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the properties or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement
or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company; 

(4) any encumbrance or restriction: 

(i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a
lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement; 

(ii) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other
security agreements; or 
 (iii) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set
forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) any encumbrance or restriction
pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired; 

(6) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition
to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

(7) customary provisions in leases, licenses, shareholder agreements, joint venture agreements, organizational documents and
other similar agreements and instruments; 
 (8) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law
or any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority; 
 (9) any encumbrance or
restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(10) any customary encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations; 

(11) [reserved]; 

  
 -61- 

 (12) any encumbrance or restriction required by the terms of any agreement
relating to a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction applies only to such Qualified Receivables Transaction; 

(13) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument (which, if it relates to any Indebtedness,
shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole (i) are not materially less favorable to the
Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any Credit Agreement, together with the security documents associated therewith, as in effect on the Issue Date (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or (ii) either (A) the Issuer
determines at the time of entry into such agreement or instrument that such encumbrances or restrictions shall not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (B) such
encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such agreement or instrument; 
 (14)
any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 3.6; or 
 (15) any encumbrance
or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (14) of this Section 3.4(b) or
this clause (15) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (14) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (15);
provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the
encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer). 

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless: 

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or
by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap); 

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a
Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
 (3) the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, will apply 100% of the Net Available Cash from any Asset Disposition: 
 (i) to the extent the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), (A) to prepay, repay or purchase any (x) Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary), (y) Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien (other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) or (z) Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof), in
each case, within 365 days from the later of (1) 

  
 -62- 

 
the date of such Asset Disposition and (2) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness
pursuant to this Section 3.5(a)(3)(i), the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased;
or (B) to prepay, repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness (other than Senior Indebtedness described in subclause (A) above); provided further that, to the extent the Issuer redeems, repays or repurchases Senior Indebtedness pursuant to this
subclause (B), the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by
making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount
of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; and/or 
 (ii) to the extent the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary elects, to
invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the
later of (A) the date of such Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that a binding agreement shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Available Cash from the date of such
commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later
cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Available Cash is applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of
such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds; 

provided, however, that, pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with Section 3.5(a)(3)(i)
or (ii), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in
Section 3.5(a) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this
Indenture exceeds $50,000,000, the Issuer shall within ten (10) Business Days be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture and, to the extent the Issuer elects, to all
holders of other outstanding Senior Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Senior Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, and Senior Indebtedness, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the
agreements governing the Senior Indebtedness, as applicable, and, with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer
electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, describing the transaction
or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. 
 (c) To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes and Senior Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited
by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Senior Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess
Proceeds shall be allocated 

  
 -63- 

 
among the Notes and Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Senior Indebtedness; provided that
no Notes or other Senior Indebtedness shall be selected and purchased in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

(d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars,
the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. Dollars that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into U.S. Dollars. 

(e) For the purposes of Section 3.5(a)(2), the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(i) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor) and the release of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition; 

(ii) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer from the
transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; 

(iii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset
Disposition, to the extent that the Issuer and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; 

(iv) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue
Date from Persons who are not the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (v) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration
received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 3.5 that is at that time
outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 3.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value). 
 (f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer shall send, or cause to be sent, electronically or by first
class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address, in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant
to the Asset Disposition Offer. Any Asset Disposition Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, shall state: 

(1) that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.5 and that, to the extent lawful, all
Notes tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment (unless prorated); 
 (2) the Asset Disposition payment
amount, the Asset Disposition offered price, and the date on which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notices is mailed (the “Asset
Sale Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest in
accordance with the terms thereof; 
 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Sale Payment Date; 

  
 -64- 

 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset
Disposition Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three (3)
Business Days before the Asset Sale Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Paying Agent receives, not later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; 
 (7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders exceeds the Asset Disposition payment amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or
integral multiples of $1,000 remain outstanding after purchase); and 
 (8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in
part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry). 

(g) If the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after a record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid
interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no other interest, if any, shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer. 

(h) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law, 

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer,

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Asset Disposition payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered, and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so
accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer. 

(i) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.5. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or permit to exist any Lien
(except Permitted Liens) (each, an “Initial Lien”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, unless: 

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such
property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 
 (2) in all other cases, the Notes and the
related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured with the Obligations secured by such Initial Lien. 

  
 -65- 

 (b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to Section 3.6(a) shall
provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

(c) With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any
accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and
increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness. 

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Guarantees. 

(a) The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Domestic
Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries guarantee any other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or guarantee all or a portion of any Credit Agreement), other than a Guarantor or a
Receivables Subsidiary, to Guarantee the payment of any capital markets debt securities or Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement, in each case of the Issuer or any Guarantor, unless: 

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture and, if
applicable, a joinder or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is
by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such
Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; 

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment in full of Obligations under this
Indenture; and 
 (3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that: 

(i) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 

(ii) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as
enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principals of equity; 

provided that this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable (i) prior to the Escrow Release or (ii) in the event that the Guarantee of the
Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture by such Subsidiary would not be permitted under applicable law. 
 (b) The
Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall only be required to comply with the requirements in Section
3.7(a)(1). 
 (c) If any Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary, the Issuer shall have the right, by execution and delivery of a
supplemental indenture to the Trustee, to cause such Immaterial Subsidiary to cease to be a Guarantor, subject to the requirement described in Section 3.7(a) that such Subsidiary shall be required to become a

  
 -66- 

 
Guarantor if it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary (except that if such Subsidiary has been properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary it shall not be so required to become a Guarantor
or execute a supplemental indenture); provided, however, that such Immaterial Subsidiary shall not be permitted to Guarantee any Credit Agreement or other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, unless it again becomes a
Guarantor. 
 SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. 

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any
transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of $5,000,000 unless:

 (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who
is not such an Affiliate; and 
 (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of
$25,000,000, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Disinterested Directors. 
 (b) Section
3.8(a) shall not apply to: 
 (1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3, or any
Permitted Investment; 
 (2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other
securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or
arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans,
stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements)
or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto; 

(4) any transaction between or among the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) the payment of compensation, fees and
reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees); 

(6) (A) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date (or transactions pursuant thereto), (B) any other
agreements or arrangements (or transactions pursuant thereto) as in effect on the Escrow Release Date (including the Spin-Off Documents) or pursuant to or in connection with the Spin-Off Documents (including the Transactions) or (C) any
amendment, modification or supplement to the agreements referenced in clauses (A) or (B) above or any replacement thereof, as long as the terms of such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced are not
materially 

  
 -67- 

 
more disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole when compared to the applicable agreements or arrangements as in effect on the Issue Date or as generally described in the Offering
Memorandum, as applicable, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 (7) any transaction pursuant to a Qualified
Receivables Transaction; 
 (8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or
services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, which are fair to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior
management of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

(9) at or prior to the Spin-Off, (A) any cash management transactions or related transactions between or among the Issuer
or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and CHS or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, (B) any cancelation of Indebtedness, intercompany accounts, balances, credits or debits
between or among the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and CHS or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, and (C) any other transactions between or among the Issuer or any
of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and CHS or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, in each case under this subclause (C) in the ordinary course of business; 

(10) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer or
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(11) the Transactions, in each case as generally disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, and the payment of all fees and expenses
related to the Transactions; 
 (12) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(1); 

(13) [reserved]; and 

(14) any purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by
such Persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates. 
 SECTION 3.9. Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes that is or has become unconditional as described under Section 5.7 and subject to Section 3.9(c), the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change
of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest), if any, to but excluding
the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver notice
of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of
DTC, as provided for in Section 2.3, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and including the following information: 

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.9, and that all Notes
properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer; 

  
 -68- 

 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest, on and after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that
Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed (subject to any
contrary procedures of DTC with respect to Global Notes), to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such
Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name
of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (with the unpurchased portion of the Notes required to be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000); 

(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is
conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and 
 (9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer,
consistent with this Section 3.9, that a Holder must follow. 
 The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each
Holder of the Notes tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer
on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. Any Change of Control Offer shall comply with the applicable procedures of the Depositary. 

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued
and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. 

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law, 

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

  
 -69- 

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer and directing the Trustee to cancel such Notes.

 (c) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes that is or has become unconditional has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described under Section 5.7, unless and until there is a default in the
payment of the redemption price on the applicable redemption date or the redemption is not consummated for any reason on or before the 60th day after such Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.9, a
Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 

(d) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a
Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in this Section 3.9, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or
such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain
outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) to but excluding the date of redemption. 

(e) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict
with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

SECTION 3.10. Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), from and after the Issue Date, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the time periods specified below: 

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, all information that would be required to be contained in an annual
report on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a report on the annual financial statements by the
Issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm; 
 (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three
fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, all information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC; and 

(3) within the time periods specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K, all current reports required to be filed with the
SEC on Form 8-K (whether or not the Issuer is then required to file such reports); provided that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to
Holders or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

  
 -70- 

 in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as the Issuer makes available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes, in addition
to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case, at the Issuer’s expense and by the applicable date the Issuer would be required to file such information pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. At
any time that any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 3.10 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the
financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer; provided, however, that such reasonably detailed presentation shall not be required if the Total Assets of all
Unrestricted Subsidiaries are less than 5.0% of the Issuer’s Total Assets. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or
furnished, as applicable, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default or Event of Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured at such time; provided that
such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Section 6.1 if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, interest and any other monetary obligations on
all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long
as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(b) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information available to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.10(a), the
Issuer shall also post copies of such information required by Section 3.10(a) on its website. 
 (c) The Issuer will also hold
quarterly conference calls for the Holders of the Notes to discuss financial information for the previous quarter (it being understood that such quarterly conference call may be the same conference call as with the Issuer’s’ equity
investors and analysts). The conference call will be following the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Issuer and not later than ten (10) Business Days from the time that the Issuer distributes the financial information as set forth in Section
3.10(a). No fewer than two (2) days prior to the conference call, the Issuer will issue a press release announcing the time and date of such conference call and providing instructions for Holders, securities analysts and prospective
investors to obtain access to such call. 
 (d) Delivery under this Section 3.10 of reports, information and documents to the Trustee
is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with
any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 
 (e) In addition,
the Issuer shall furnish to the Holders and prospective investors, upon request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferrable under the
Securities Act. 
 SECTION 3.11. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose
and where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be delivered. The Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee, which initially shall be located at Regions Bank, Corporate Trust Services, 150 4th Avenue North, Suite 900, Nashville, TN 37238, Attention: QHC, shall be such office or agency of the Issuer unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain
some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of 

  
 -71- 

 
any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
presentations and surrenders may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders. 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

SECTION 3.12. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article III,
Article IV and Section 10.2(b), the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership,
limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be
required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective Board of Directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that
is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior management of the Issuer determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
business of the Issuer and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 

SECTION 3.13. Payment of Taxes. The Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become
delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged
any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the
Issuer), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 

SECTION 3.14. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of
the Issuer an Officer’s Certificate, signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of the Issuer, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he
or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate
shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 3.15. Further
Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or requirements, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or
proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.16. Statement by Officers as to Default. The
Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute a Default or Event of Default, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or
proposes to take in respect thereof. 
 SECTION 3.17. Suspension of Certain Covenants and Release of Guarantees on Achievement of
Investment Grade Status. 
 (a) Following the first day after the Issue Date that: (1) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status;
and (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date, the Guarantees of the Notes shall be released and the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 

  
 -72- 

 (b) If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status or if a Default or Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants and the Guarantees of the Notes will thereafter be reinstated and, with respect to the Suspended Covenants, as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion
Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently
attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants and the Guarantees of the Notes shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status
and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the
Guarantees of the Notes with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any
time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time
between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 
 (c) On
the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 3.2(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be
permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted
to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.2(b)(4)(iii). Calculations made after the
Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period; provided,
however, that, no Subsidiaries may be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period, unless such designation would have complied with Section 3.3 as if such Section would have been in effect during such
period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period could reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a). 

(d) The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the ratings of the Notes, shall not be deemed to have any knowledge of the ratings of the Notes
and shall have no duty to notify Holders of the suspension of the Suspended Covenants or the occurrence of the Reversion Date. 
 SECTION
3.18. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
 (a) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any
Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section
3.3 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise
meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will
be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions
and was permitted by Section 3.3. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this
Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 3.2, the Issuer
will be in default of Section 3.2. 
 (c) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary
to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted

  
 -73- 

 
Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 3.2 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions. 

SECTION 3.19. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any
property unless: 
 (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (i) Incur Indebtedness in an
amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 3.2 and (ii) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the Notes
pursuant to Section 3.6. 
 (2) the net proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with such Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer) of such property; and 

(3) the Issuer applies 100% of the Net Available Cash from any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in compliance with Section
3.5. 
 SECTION 3.20. Limitations on the Issuer Prior to the Consummation of the Internal Transactions. Prior to the
consummation of the Internal Transactions, the Issuer’s activities shall be limited to (i) issuing the Notes, (ii) issuing equity interests to, and receiving capital contributions from, CHS or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) Incurring
Subordinated Indebtedness solely for purposes of paying any Special Mandatory Redemption, (iv) performing its obligations in respect of the Notes under this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement, (v) consummating the Internal Transactions or redeeming
the Notes on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, as applicable, (vi) directing the investment by the Escrow Agent of the amounts deposited in the Escrow Account as specified under Escrow Agreement and (vii) conducting such other activities as are
necessary or appropriate to carry out, or are incidental or related to, the activities described above, including borrowing under any Credit Agreements in connection with the Spin-Off as described in the Offering Memorandum. Prior to the
consummation of the Internal Transactions, the Issuer will not Incur any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness solely for purposes of paying any Special Mandatory Redemption) other than the Notes and Indebtedness under any Credit
Agreements or own, hold or otherwise have any interest in any assets other than the Escrow Account in respect of the Notes and cash or Eligible Escrow Investments (as defined in the Escrow Agreement). 

ARTICLE IV 
 SUCCESSOR ISSUER;
SUCCESSOR PERSON 
 SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation. 

(a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets, in one or
more related transactions (for the avoidance of doubt, not including the Transactions), to any Person, unless: 
 (1) the
resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor
Company (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and if such Successor
Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws; 

  
 -74- 

 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the
time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (3) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, either (i) the applicable Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower than it
was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and 
 (4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental indenture (if
any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the applicable Successor Company (in each case, in form satisfactory to the Trustee); provided that in giving an Opinion of
Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of Section 4.1(a)(2) and (3). 

(b) For purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a
consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer. 
 (c) The
Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Note Documents, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be
released from its obligations under the Note Documents. 
 (d) Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a)(2), (3) and (4) (which do
not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer. Notwithstanding
Sections 4.1(a)(2) and (3) (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), the Issuer may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the
legal domicile of the Issuer, reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Issuer. 
 (e) No
Guarantor may: 
 (1) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or 

(2) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction (for the avoidance of doubt,
not including the Transactions) or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or 
 (3) permit any Person to merge with
or into the Guarantor, unless: 
 (i) the other Person is the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or
becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or 
 (ii) (A) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y)
the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and this Indenture; and 

(B) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or 

(iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of a Guarantor or
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture. 

  
 -75- 

 ARTICLE V 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES 

SECTION 5.1. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 5.7, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2) the redemption date; 

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 

Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuer at any time prior to notice of redemption
being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void. 
 SECTION 5.2. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or
Purchased. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, as
certified to the Trustee by the Issuer, and in compliance with the applicable requirements of DTC, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through DTC or DTC prescribes no
method of selection, on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination is redeemed in part; provided, however, that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less will be
redeemed in part. 
 SECTION 5.3. Notice of Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 5.9, notices of redemption will be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail at least
30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, except that
redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to
Article VIII or XI. 
 The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be
redeemed and will state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

  
 -76- 

 (6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the
paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number listed in such notice or
printed on the Notes. 
 (b) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the
portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation shall
be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption
become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 

(c) For Notes which are represented by global certificates held on behalf of DTC, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to
DTC, in accordance with their procedures for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid electronic delivery or first-class mailing. 

(d) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense.
In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate containing the information required by this Section 5.3 at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which the Issuer instructs the Trustee to send
the notice (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree). 
 SECTION 5.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Subject to the
following sentence, once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 5.3, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Any optional redemption
may, at the Issuer’s option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering. 

SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption or purchase
date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying
Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed
or purchased. 
 If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest (and Additional Interest, if any) shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date, and no other interest will be payable to
Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph,
interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 3.1. 
 SECTION 5.6. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is
redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the
Note surrendered; provided, that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 -77- 

 SECTION 5.7. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in Sections 5.7(b), (c) and (d), and without limiting Section 5.9, the Notes
are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer. 
 (b) At any time and from time to time on or after the Escrow Release Date and prior to
April 15, 2019, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus the
Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest), if any, to the redemption date. 
 (c) At any
time and from time to time on or after April 15, 2019, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth
below plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest), if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	Year	  	Percentage	 
	 2019
	  	 	108.719	% 
	 2020
	  	 	105.813	% 
	 2021
	  	 	102.906	% 
	 2022 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (d) At any time and from time to time on or after the Escrow Release Date and prior to April 15, 2019, the
Issuer may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering (other than Excluded Contributions) at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 111.625% plus accrued and unpaid
interest (including any Additional Interest), if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes);
provided that: 
 (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the
related Equity Offering, and 
 (2) not less than 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under
this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries). 
 (f)
Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6. 

SECTION 5.8. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in Section 5.9, the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9. The Issuer may at any time and from time to
time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 

  
 -78- 

 SECTION 5.9. Special Mandatory Redemption. If (i) the Escrow Agent has not received the
Officer’s Certificate described in the definition of “Escrow Release Date” on or prior to close of business on the Escrow End Date, (ii) the Issuer notifies the Escrow Agent in writing that the Issuer will not pursue the
Spin-Off or otherwise announces that it will not pursue the consummation of the Spin-Off or (iii) the Issuer fails to deposit (or cause to be deposited) any amounts required to be deposited into the Escrow Account pursuant to the Escrow Agreement as
and when required, then the Escrow Agent shall, without the requirement of notice to or action by the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person, release the Escrowed Property (including investment earnings thereon and proceeds thereof) to the Trustee
and the Trustee shall apply (or cause a paying agent to apply) such proceeds to redeem the Initial Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) on the third Business Day following the date of the release of the Escrowed Property to the
Trustee (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”) or as otherwise required by the applicable procedures of DTC, at a redemption price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the issue price of the Initial
Notes issued on the Issue Date (which issue price was 98.266% of the principal amount of such Notes), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date. On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Trustee
will pay to the Issuer any Escrowed Property in excess of the amount necessary to effect the Special Mandatory Redemption. 
 ARTICLE VI 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default.

(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default in any payment of interest, or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for
30 days; 
 (2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this
Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, required repurchase, declaration or otherwise; 
 (3)
the failure by the Issuer to comply with its obligations under Article IV; 
 (4) failure by the
Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any other agreement or obligation contained in the Notes or
this Indenture; 
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there
may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default: 

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any
applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness; or 
 (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to
its stated final maturity; 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any
other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15,000,000 or more; 

  
 -79- 

 (6) the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property; 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or 

(F) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the
latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of
the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially all of its property; 

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that
together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(D) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for
60 consecutive days; 
 (8) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that
together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15,000,000 (other than any judgments
covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in
the event such judgment is covered by an indemnity or insurance as aforesaid, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; or 

(9) any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture, or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with this Indenture or, without limiting
Section 6.1(a)(6) or (7), in connection with the bankruptcy of a Guarantor, so long as the aggregate assets of such Guarantor and any other Guarantor whose Guarantee of the Notes ceased to be in full force and effect as a result of a
bankruptcy are less than $15,000,000. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Default under Section 6.1(a)(4) will not constitute an
Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in Section 6.1(a)(4) after receipt of
such notice. 

  
 -80- 

 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration.

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(6) or (7) with respect to the Issuer)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer (or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee), may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid
interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. 

(b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause Section 6.1(a)(5)
has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if: 
 (1) the
event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(5) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall
have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto; 
 (2)
the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and 

(3) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
 (c) If an Event of Default described in
Section 6.1(a)(6) or (7) with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 (d) (i) If a Default for a failure to report or failure
to deliver a required certificate in connection with another Default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate
in connection with another Default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default shall also be cured without any further action and (ii) any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed under
Section 3.10, or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by said provision or such notice or certificate,
as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified herein. 
 SECTION 6.3. Other
Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest,
if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding
even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

  
 -81- 

 SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, Notes), all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest (including
Additional Interest), if any, on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration
with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal,
premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest or Additional Interest, if
any, premium, if any, and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (4) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (4) of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.5. Control
by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee of exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or the Notes or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to
the rights of other Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any actions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or would involve the Trustee in personal liability;
provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification
satisfactory to it against all fees, losses and expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) that may be caused by taking or not taking such action. 

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.
Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due (including Additional Interest, if any), no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the
remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any
loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of
the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, 

  
 -82- 

 
premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the extent
lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of
Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations,
may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions,
and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. 

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 

(a) If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI it shall pay out the money or property
in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due to it under Section 7.7; 

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any,), respectively; and

 THIRD: to the Issuer, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.10. At least fifteen (15) days before such record date, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be
paid. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any
suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11
does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

SECTION 6.12. Completion of Transactions Not a Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, no
provision of this Indenture will prevent the completion of any of the Transactions or the transactions described in subclauses (A) and (B) of Section 3.8(b)(9) entered into in the ordinary course of business, nor shall the Transactions (or
such other transactions) give rise to any Default. 

  
 -83- 

 ARTICLE VII  

TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.1.
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth as duties of the Trustee
in this Indenture or the Notes, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be. However, in the case of any such certificates
or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the
Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own
willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this Section 7.1(c) does not limit the effect of
Section 7.1(b); 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith
by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (3) the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and 

(4) no provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such
risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is
subject to clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest
on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 -84- 

 SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1:

 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuer as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or
analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuer. 
 (b) Before
the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate
or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder
either directly or by or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or
within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its
selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes in
good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of
any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default
or of any such Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee specified in Section 3.11, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right
to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the
Notes at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and
liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or
matter unless such fact or matter is actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee. 
 (j) Whenever in the administration
of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically
prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate. 

  
 -85- 

 (k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and
premises of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties
hereunder. 
 (m) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of
individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes. 

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or
damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage. 

(o) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be
sufficient if signed by one Officer of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual
or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or
co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer;
provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for
permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
 SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall
not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or
application of any money received by any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee to the extent the Trustee is the Paying Agent) or any money paid to the Issuer pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of
the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes (other than, in the case of the Trustee, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication). 

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is informed of such
occurrence by the Issuer, the Trustee must give notice of the Default or Event of Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuer. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, or
premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each December 31 beginning December 31, 2016, the
Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such December 31 that complies with Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(c)
of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock
exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify the Trustee promptly in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with
Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 -86- 

 SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to
time compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of
preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee. The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee
against any and all fees, loss, liability, damages, claims or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful
misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes, including the fees, costs and
expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and the Notes and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer
promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the
Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the
Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s respective right to receive payment of any amounts due under this
Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuer. 
 The Issuer’s
payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under
applicable law, when the Trustee incurs fees, expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(6) or (a)(7), the fees and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses
of its counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 SECTION 7.8. Replacement of
Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so
notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuer’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer
shall remove the Trustee (and any Holder that has been a bona fide Holder for not less than six months may petition any court for removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee) if: 

 

	 	(1)	the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

  

	 	(2)	the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

  

	 	(3)	a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

  

	 	(4)	the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as trustee hereunder. 

 If the Trustee
resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the
office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Issuer, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7. 

  
 -87- 

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuer’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in
Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s
obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee. 

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by
this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that
time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt
the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion. 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of
Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) of the Trust Indenture Act in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The
Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act any indenture or indentures under which
other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met. 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated.

 SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer. Any application by the Trustee for
written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such
omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall
not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the
effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 

  
 -88- 

 ARTICLE VIII  

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have either Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article VIII. 

SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option
applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be deemed to have been discharged from their
obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees of the Notes) on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Issuer and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees of the Notes), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding”
only for the purposes of Section 8.5 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees of the Notes
and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which
will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this
Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4; 

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II concerning issuing
temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.11 concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuer’s or Guarantors’ obligations in
connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to Legal
Defeasance. 
 Subject to compliance with this Section 8.2, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.2
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3. 
 SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the
Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.4, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9,
3.10, 3.17, 3.18, 3.19, 3.20 and Section 4.1 (except Section 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.4 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent
or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with
respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees of the Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an
Event of Default under Section 6.1, but, except as specified in this Section 8.3, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees of the Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the
Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4,
Sections 6.1(a)(3) (solely with respect to the defeased covenants listed above), 6.1(a)(4) (solely with respect to the defeased covenants listed above), 6.1(a)(5), 6.1(a)(6) (with respect only to a
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of 

  
 -89- 

 
Subsidiaries that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(7) (with respect only to a Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that
taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(8), and 6.1(a)(9) shall not constitute Events of Default. 

SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under
either Section 8.2 or 8.3: 
 (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in
trust (the “Defeasance Trust”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify
whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance,
the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions: 

(i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 

(ii) since the issuance of the Initial Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 

in either case stating that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of Covenant
Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the
granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 
 (5) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor
is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel stating that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 546 or 547 of Title 11 of the United States
Code, as amended; 
 (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuer; and 

(8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of
Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 

  
 -90- 

 SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of
this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of
such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect
of principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any), but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government
Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer
from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be public accountants delivering the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required
to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Issuer. Any
money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the Issuer) will be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent
with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the
expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. 
 SECTION 8.7.
Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, as the case may be, by reason of
any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Note Documents, the Guarantees of the Notes will be
revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with
Section 8.2 or Section 8.3, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -91- 

 ARTICLE IX  

AMENDMENTS 
 SECTION 9.1.
Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.2, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend or supplement any Note Documents and
the Issuer may direct the Trustee, and the Trustee will, enter into an amendment to any Note Document, to: 
 (1) cure any
ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision of a Note Document to the “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Memorandum or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes; 

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer under any Note Document; 

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(4) add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee of the Notes for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or
power conferred upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) make any change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any Holder in any material respect; 
 (6) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if such qualification is required; 
 (7) make such provisions
as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) for the issuance of Exchange Notes and Additional Notes otherwise permitted to be issued under this Indenture; 

(8) provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee of the Notes in accordance with Section 3.2, to add
Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release,
termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture; 
 (9) evidence and provide for the acceptance and
appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the applicable requirements hereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document; or 

(10) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by
this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes and Exchange Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation
of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes in any material respect. 

Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution
of any such amendment or supplement to the applicable Note Document, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.6 and Section 13.4, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the
Guarantors in the execution of such amendment or supplement unless such amendment or supplement directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion,
but will not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement. 
 After an amendment or supplement under this
Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or
affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1. 

  
 -92- 

 SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.2, the Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes), and, subject to
Sections 6.4 and 6.7, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
(including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes). Section 2.12 and Section 13.6 shall determine which Notes are considered to
be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2. 
 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by
a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement to the applicable Note Document, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 13.4, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amendment or supplement unless such amendment or
supplement directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement. 

(b) Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any such Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder: 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions
relating to Sections 3.5 and 3.9); 
 (3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any such
Note; 
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be
redeemed, in each case as set forth in Section 5.7; 
 (5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that
stated in such Note; 
 (6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such
Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a
rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(8) make any change in the ranking of any Note that would adversely affect the Holders; or 

(9) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section
9.2. 
 The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver of any Note Document. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of Notes given in
connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. 

  
 -93- 

 After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuer
shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement. 

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders
that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, any Guarantee of the Notes and
the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 
 SECTION
9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or
waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in
accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the
purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described in this Section 9.4 or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the
immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such
action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or
waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make
the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION
9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement to any Note Document authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the
rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment or supplement to any Note Document until the Board of Directors of the Issuer approves it. In executing any amendment or supplement to any Note
Document, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.4, an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may
be, in accordance with its terms. 
 ARTICLE X 

GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 10.1.
Guarantee. On the Escrow Release Date, the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture shall be, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that
Guarantees the payment of any capital market debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor or Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby fully,
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, 

  
 -94- 

 
jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or
otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest), if any, on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuer under the Note Documents (including without limitation, interest (including
Additional Interest), if any, accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7), and the Registration Rights Agreement
(all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to
the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a
supplemental indenture to this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee of the Notes shall be valid nevertheless. 

Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in
part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives
notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 Each
Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee of the Notes herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of
the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 Except as set forth in Section 10.2, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder
shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be
subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any
other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or
any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the
Issuer; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary
the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 Each Guarantor agrees
that its Guarantee of the Notes herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee of the Notes in compliance with
Section 10.2, Article VIII or Article XI. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee of the Notes herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the
case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy
or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 
 In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder
has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guaranteed 

  
 -95- 

 
Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by
the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders (or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid
interest (including Additional Interest), if any, on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any
insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such
proceeding). 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the
maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee of the Notes herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and
payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee of the Notes. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all fees, costs and
expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1. 

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. 

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to
the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of
such other Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or
fraudulent transfer under federal, foreign or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

(b) The Guarantee of the Notes of a Guarantor shall terminate upon: 

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the
sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor, in each case to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and as otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any
event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as
provided in Articles VIII or XI; 
 (4) to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary
solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the release of all Guarantees referred to in such clause; 

(5) such Guarantor being released from all of (i) its obligations under all of its Guarantees of any and all Indebtedness of
the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Credit Agreements or (ii) in the case of a Guarantee of the Notes made by a Guarantor (each, an “Other Guarantee”) as a result of its guarantee of other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor
pursuant to Section 3.7, any and all other Indebtedness that would have required such Guarantor to provide a Guarantee of the Notes under such Section, except in the case of subclause (i) or (ii), a release as a result of the repayment or
discharge of the Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) or (ii) (it being understood that a release or discharge subject to a contingent reinstatement is still considered a release or discharge, and if any such Indebtedness of such Guarantor under
any Credit Agreement or any Other Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee of the Notes shall also be reinstated); or 

(6) the achievement of Investment Grade Status pursuant to Section 3.17; provided that such Guarantee of the
Notes shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date. 

  
 -96- 

 SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent
that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees of the Notes, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuer or any other
Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and
each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. 
 SECTION
10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuer or any other Guarantor
or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any
other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any
Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of
such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed
Obligations. 
 ARTICLE XI  

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

SECTION 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to
surviving rights of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when: 

(a) either: 

(1) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and Notes for which
provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Holders) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(2) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will
become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of an unconditional notice of redemption by the Trustee in
the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; 
 (b) the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee,
money in Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal,
premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; 

(c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; 

(d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such
notes issued hereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and 
 (e) the Issuer has delivered to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under Article XI relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such
counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d)). 

  
 -97- 

 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 11.1, the provisions of Sections 11.2 and 8.6 will survive. 

SECTION 11.2. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6, all money deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including
the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee;
but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to
apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1;
provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders
of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE XII 

 [Reserved] 

ARTICLE XIII  

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION
13.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the
provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control. Each Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 13.2. Notices. Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant
to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to any party hereto shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in pdf format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 
 if to the Issuer or a Guarantor: 

Quorum Health Corporation 
 1573
Mallory Lane, Suite 100 
 Brentwood, TN 37027 

Attention: General Counsel 

Facsimile: (615)-465-2871 
 in
each case, with a copy to: 
 Bass Berry & Sims PLC 

150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800 

Nashville, TN 37201 
 Attention:
Jay Knight 
 Facsimile: (615) 742-2763 

  
 -98- 

 if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of
this Indenture is at the date hereof located at: 
 Regions Bank 

Corporate Trust Services 
 150
4th Avenue North 
 Suite 900 

Nashville, TN 37238 
 Attention:
Wallace L. Duke, Jr. 
 Facsimile: (615) 770-4350 

The Issuer or the Trustee by written notice to each other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 Any notice or communication to the Issuer or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so
delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically, in pdf format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and seven (7) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of
change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt. 

Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall be electronically delivered or mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it
appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a notice or
communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except
that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note,
where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee)
pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC or its designee; provided if any such notice is mailed to DTC, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of its publication by DTC and the seventh business day after being so mailed.

 SECTION 13.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the
Trust Indenture Act with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. 

SECTION 13.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the
Guarantors to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture (except for authentication of the Initial Notes by the Trustee on the Issue Date, which shall not require an Opinion of Counsel) or the Notes, the Issuer or
such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form satisfactory
to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture or the Notes relating to the
proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall
include the statements set forth in Section 13.5) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with. 

  
 -99- 

 SECTION 13.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or
opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture or the Notes (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act) shall comply with the provisions of
Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the individual making such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3)
a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public
officials. 
 SECTION 13.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. In connection with any such direction, waiver or consent, the Issuer shall
furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Issuer to be owned by or for the account of any of the above-described Persons. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding
at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 13.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 13.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking
institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or the state of the place of payment. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest
shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION
13.9. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

SECTION 13.10. Jurisdiction. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer or any
Guarantor brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee of the Notes or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate
court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee of the Notes or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuer and
the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action 

  
 -100- 

 
or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuer
or the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment. 
 SECTION 13.11. Waivers of Jury
Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES OF THE NOTES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. 
 SECTION 13.12. USA
PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, each of the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is
required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide each of the Trustee with such
information as each may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act. 
 SECTION 13.13. No Personal Liability of
Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION 13.14. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer
and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

SECTION 13.15. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the
parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 13.16. Qualification of Indenture. The Issuer has agreed to qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and to pay all
reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the
Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 13.17. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of
contents, cross-reference table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 13.18. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be
responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of
war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee
shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 -101- 

 SECTION 13.19. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

SECTION 13.20. Waiver of Immunities. To the extent that Issuer or any Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may
have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of
process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any
jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees of the Notes, the Issuer and
each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement. 

SECTION 13.21. Judgment Currency. The Issuer and each Guarantor agrees to indemnify the recipient against any loss incurred by
such recipient as a result of any judgment or order being given or made against the Issuer or any Guarantor for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”)
other than United States Dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States Dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of
exchange in The City of New York at which such party on the date of payment of such judgment or order is able to purchase United States Dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by such party if such party had utilized such
amount of Judgment Currency to purchase United States Dollars as promptly as practicable upon such party’s receipt thereof. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor and
shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into,
the relevant currency. 
 [Signatures on following pages] 

  
 -102- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date
and year first written above. 
  

					
	QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas D. Miller

		 	Name:	 	Thomas D. Miller
		 	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

 [Signature Page to the Indenture] 

 
					
	REGIONS BANK,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Wallace L. Duke, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Wallace L. Duke, Jr.
		 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Trust Officer

 [Signature Page to the Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED NOTE] 

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend] 

[Depository Legend, if applicable] 

[Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable] 
  

			
	No. [    ]	  	 Principal Amount $[        ] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note
attached hereto]1
 CUSIP NO.

 QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION 

11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 

Quorum Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
         Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on April 15, 2023. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing on October 15, 20162

 Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	1 	Insert in Global Notes only. 

	2 	To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Notes issued after the Issue Date. 

  
 A-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2 

 TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	REGIONS BANK, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	Dated:	 	  

  
 A-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION 
 11.625%
Senior Notes due 2023 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Quorum Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on
the principal amount of this Note at 11.625% per annum from April 22, 20163 until maturity. Additional Interest, if any, shall be payable on the Notes if and to the extent payable under the
Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding
Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from April 22, 20164; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 15, 2016.5 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal
at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable
grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months. Each interest period will end on (but not include) the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 In addition to the rights provided to
Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Initial Securities and Exchange Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall have all rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2016, among
the Issuer, the other party named on the signature pages thereto and the Guarantors that shall join such agreement by joinder on the Escrow Release Date (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Registration
Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest, if any, in certain circumstances. If applicable, Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid to the same Persons, in the same manner and at the same times as regular
interest. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on
which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor
Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding April 1 or October 1, as applicable, at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (and Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the
office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at
the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United
States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in 

 

	3 	To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Notes issued after the Issue Date. 

	4 	To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Notes issued after the Issue Date. 

	5 	 To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Notes issued after the Issue Date.

  
 A-4 

 
the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than fifteen
(15) days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is
not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 The Issuer initially appoints Regions Bank (the
“Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 22, 2016 (as
it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The
Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. 
  

	5.	Guarantees 

 From and after the Escrow Release Date, to guarantee the due and punctual
payment of the principal and interest and Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the
Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee (and
future guarantors, jointly and severally with the Guarantors, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 

 

	6.	Optional Redemption 

 (a) At any time and from time to time on or after the Issue Date
and prior to April 15, 2019, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be
redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest), if any, to the redemption date. 

(b) At any time and from time to time on or after April 15, 2019, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest), if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of
redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2019
	  	 	108.719	% 
	 2020
	  	 	105.813	% 
	 2021
	  	 	102.906	% 
	 2022 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A-5 

 (c) At any time and from time to time on or after the Issue Date and prior to April 15, 2019, the
Issuer may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering (other than Excluded Contributions) at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 111.625% plus accrued and unpaid
interest (including any Additional Interest), if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes);
provided that: 
  

	 	(1)	in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and 

  

	 	(2)	not less than 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries).

 (e) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or
more conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering). 

(f) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and
unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. 

(g) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 
 Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the
Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemptions or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes under
Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 

 

	7.	Special Mandatory Redemption 

 If (i) the Escrow Agent has not received the
Officer’s Certificate described in the definition of “Escrow Release Date” on or prior to close of business on the Escrow End Date, (ii) the Issuer notifies the Escrow Agent in writing that the Issuer will not pursue the Spin-Off or
otherwise announces that it will not pursue the consummation of the Spin-Off or (iii) the Issuer fails to deposit (or cause to be deposited) any amounts required to be deposited into the Escrow Account pursuant to the Escrow Agreement as and when
required, then the Escrow Agent shall, without the requirement of notice to or action by the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person, release the Escrowed Property (including investment earnings thereon and proceeds thereof) to the Trustee and the
Trustee shall apply (or cause a paying agent to apply) such proceeds to redeem the Initial Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) on the third Business Day following the date of the release of the Escrowed Property to the Trustee (the
“Special Mandatory Redemption Date”) or as otherwise required by the applicable procedures of DTC, at a redemption price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the issue price of the Initial Notes issued on
the Issue Date (which issue price was 98.266% of the principal amount of such Notes), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date. On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Trustee will pay to the
Issuer any Escrowed Property in excess of the amount necessary to effect the Special Mandatory Redemption. 
  

	8.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously
or concurrently delivered a redemption notice that is or has become unconditional with respect to all outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase from each
Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the
Indenture. 

  
 A-6 

 Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuer may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such
Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and, at the Issuer’s option, Senior Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in
Article V of the Indenture. 
  

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered
form in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A)
for a period beginning (1) fifteen (15) days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) fifteen (15) days before an Interest Payment Date
and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of
it for all purposes. 
  

	11.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest
and Additional Interest, if any on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	12.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture,
Note Documents may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such
Notes). Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Note Documents as provided in the Indenture. 

 

	13.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating
to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice
to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal
and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium,
if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 

  
 A-7 

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In
addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such
conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
  

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under any Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

 

	16.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 
  

	18.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to
be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Quorum Health Corporation 

1573 Mallory Lane, Suite 100 

Brentwood, TN 37027 

Attention: General Counsel 

  
 A-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
	Date:	 		 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 
 The
undersigned hereby certifies that it  ̈ is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee  ̈ is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 In
connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes
were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 

 

					
	(1)	  	 ̈	    	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	    	transferred to the Issuer; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
			
	(6)	  	 ̈	    	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) or an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the
Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Exhibit E or Exhibit F of the Indenture, respectively); or
			
	(7)	  	 ̈	    	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  
 A-9 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole
discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
		 		 	  

		 		 	Signature
			
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 		 	Signature

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 
  

	
	TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with
respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to
it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

	
	  

	Dated:

  
 A-10 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check
either box: 
 Section 3.5
 ̈        Section 3.9  ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of
the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $         and specify the denomination or denominations (which
shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not
being repurchased):             . 
  

									
	Date:	 	 	 		 	Your Signature	 	 
		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-12 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE GLOBAL NOTE] 

[Depository Legend, if applicable] 
  

					
	No. [    ]	 		 	 Principal Amount $[        ] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note
attached hereto]6
 CUSIP NO.

 QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION 

11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 

Quorum Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
         Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on April 15, 2023. 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing on October 15, 20167

 Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	6 	Insert in Global Notes only. 

	7 	To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Exchange Notes issued after the Issue Date 

  
 B-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-2 

 TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	REGIONS BANK, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	Dated:	 	  

  
 B-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION 
 11.625%
Senior Notes due 2023 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Quorum Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on
the principal amount of this Note at 11.625% per annum from April 22, 20168 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every
April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from April 22, 20169; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 15, 2016.10 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Each interest period will end on (but not include) the relevant Interest Payment Date. 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on
which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, and interest, if any, when
due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on
the preceding April 1 or October 1, as applicable, at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on
the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency
of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check
mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this
paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust
Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes
represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying
Agent to such effect designating such account no later than fifteen (15) days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal
Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 

 

	8 	To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Exchange Notes issued after the Issue Date. 

	9 	To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Exchange Notes issued after the Issue Date. 

	10 	To be updated, if applicable, in the case of Exchange Notes issued after the Issue Date. 

  
 B-4 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 The Issuer initially appoints Regions Bank (the
“Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 22, 2016 (as
it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are
subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms. 
  

	5.	Guarantees 

 From and after the Escrow Release Date, to guarantee the due and punctual
payment of the principal and interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the
Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors,
jointly and severally with the Guarantors, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Optional Redemption 

 (a) At any time and from time to time on or after the Issue Date
and prior to April 15, 2019, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be
redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. 
 (b) At any time and from
time to time on or after April 15, 2019, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2019
	  	 	108.719	% 
	 2020
	  	 	105.813	% 
	 2021
	  	 	102.906	% 
	 2022 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) At any time and from time to time on or after the Issue Date and prior to April 15, 2019, the Issuer may
redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering (other than Excluded Contributions) at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 111.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that: 

 

	 	(1)	in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and 

  

	 	(2)	not less than 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries).

  
 B-5 

 (e) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to
the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering). 

(f) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and
unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. 

(g) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 
 [Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below,]11 the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemptions or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be
required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 

 

	[7.	Special Mandatory Redemption 

 If (i) the Escrow Agent has not received the
Officer’s Certificate described in the definition of “Escrow Release Date” on or prior to close of business on the Escrow End Date, (ii) the Issuer notifies the Escrow Agent in writing that the Issuer will not pursue the Spin-Off or
otherwise announces that it will not pursue the consummation of the Spin-Off or (iii) the Issuer fails to deposit (or cause to be deposited) any amounts required to be deposited into the Escrow Account pursuant to the Escrow Agreement as and when
required, then the Escrow Agent shall, without the requirement of notice to or action by the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person, release the Escrowed Property (including investment earnings thereon and proceeds thereof) to the Trustee and the
Trustee shall apply (or cause a paying agent to apply) such proceeds to redeem the Initial Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) on the third Business Day following the date of the release of the Escrowed Property to the Trustee (the
“Special Mandatory Redemption Date”) or as otherwise required by the applicable procedures of DTC, at a redemption price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the issue price of the Initial Notes issued on
the Issue Date (which issue price was 98.266% of the principal amount of such Notes), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date. On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Trustee will pay to the
Issuer any Escrowed Property in excess of the amount necessary to effect the Special Mandatory Redemption.]12 
  

	8.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously
or concurrently delivered a redemption notice that is or has become unconditional with respect to all outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Indenture, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase from each
Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

 

	11 	Include if applicable. 

	12 	Include if applicable. 

  
 B-6 

 Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuer may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such
Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and, at the Issuer’s option, Senior Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V
of the Indenture. 
  

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered
form in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A)
for a period beginning (1) fifteen (15) days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) fifteen (15) days before an Interest Payment Date
and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of
it for all purposes. 
  

	11.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest, if any on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	12.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture,
Note Documents may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such
Notes). Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Note Documents as provided in the Indenture. 

 

	13.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating
to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice
to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary
obligations on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
  

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In
addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in 

  
 B-7 

 
transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such
conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
  

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under any Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

 

	16.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 
  

	18.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to
be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Quorum Health Corporation 

1573 Mallory Lane, Suite 100 

Brentwood, TN 37027 

Attention: General Counsel 

  
 B-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

 
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

					
	Date:	 	Your Signature:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

 (Signature must be guaranteed) 
  

 
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-9 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 B-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box: 

Section 3.5  ̈    Section 3.9  ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $         and specify the
denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such
Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):                     . 

 

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature	 	  

		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-11 

 EXHIBIT C 

Form of Supplemental Indenture 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of
[            ], 20[    ], by and among Quorum Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Issuer”), the parties that are signatories hereto as Guarantors
(each a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”) and Regions Bank, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I
T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, each of the Issuer[, the Guarantors] and the Trustee
have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of April 22, 2016 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance on such date of an aggregate principal amount of
$400,000,000 of 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”) of the Issuer; 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that the
Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the
terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”), each on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer, any Guarantor and the Trustee are authorized to
execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE,
in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Trustee and
the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 SECTION 1.1.
Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other
words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 

ARTICLE II 
 AGREEMENT TO BE
BOUND; GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 2.1. Agreement to be Bound. Each of the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries hereby becomes a party to the Indenture
as a “Guarantor” and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a “Guarantor” under the Indenture. 

SECTION 2.2. Guarantee. Each of the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing
Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture as and to the extent provided for therein. 

  
 C-1 

 ARTICLE III 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 3.1.
Notices. All notices and other communications to the Guarantors shall be given as provided in the Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.2.
Merger and Consolidation. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into, another Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with Section 4.1(e) of the Indenture. 

SECTION 3.3. Release of Guarantee. The Guarantees of the Notes hereunder may be released in accordance with
Section 10.2 of the Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.4. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is
intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein
or therein contained. 
 SECTION 3.5. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 3.6. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental
Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 3.7. Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee of
the Notes is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this
Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee of the Notes are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

SECTION 3.8. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the
Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of
Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 SECTION 3.9. The Trustee. The Trustee makes
no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 

SECTION 3.10. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy
shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution
and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission
shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 SECTION 3.11. Execution and Delivery. Each Guaranteeing
Subsidiary agrees that its Guarantee of the Notes shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any absence on each Note of a notation of any such Guarantee of the Notes. 

  
 C-2 

 SECTION 3.12. Headings. The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this
Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 C-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTORS],
	as a Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-4 

			
	 Acknowledged by:

	
	QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

  
 C-5 

 
			
	REGIONS BANK,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-6 

 EXHIBIT D 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered Upon Termination of Restricted Period 

[Date] 
 Quorum Health Corporation 

1573 Mallory Lane, Suite 100 
 Brentwood, TN 37027 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Facsimile: (615)-465-2871 

Regions Bank 
 as Trustee and Registrar 

Corporate Trust Services 
 150 4th Avenue North 

Suite 900 
 Nashville, TN 37238 

Attention: Wallace L. Duke, Jr. 
 Facsimile: (615) 770-4350 

with a copy to: 
 Bass Berry & Sims PLC 

150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800 
 Nashville, TN 37201 

Attention: Jay Knight 
 Facsimile: (615) 742-2763 

 

	Re:	Quorum Health Corporation (the “Issuer”). 

 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023
(the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global
Note”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of April 22, 2016 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of
$[        ] principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such Notes could be transferred in
accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s interest in the
principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuer. 

The Trustee, Registrar and the Issuer are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter
or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

  
 D-1 

 
			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs 

[Date] 
 Quorum Health Corporation 

1573 Mallory Lane, Suite 100 
 Brentwood, TN 37027 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Facsimile: (615)-465-2871 

Regions Bank 
 as Trustee and Registrar 

Corporate Trust Services 
 150 4th Avenue North 

Suite 900 
 Nashville, TN 37238 

Attention: Wallace L. Duke, Jr. 
 Facsimile: (615) 770-4350 

with a copy to: 
 Bass Berry & Sims PLC 

150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800 
 Nashville, TN 37201 

Attention: George Masterson 
 Facsimile: (615) 742-2763 

 

	Re:	Quorum Health Corporation (the “Issuer”). 

 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023
(the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 11.625%
Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”) of Quorum Health Corporation (the “Issuer”). 
 Upon transfer, the
Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

					
	Name:	  	  
	  	

  

					
	Address:	  	  
	  	

  

					
	Taxpayer ID Number:	  	  
	  	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not
with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our
investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

  
 E-1 

 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so
registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is
one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only
(a) to the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably
believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being
made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an
institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in
each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their
control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made
pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other
things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for
distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d),
(e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer. 
 3.
We [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
  

			
	TRANSFEREE:	 	  

  

			
	BY:	 	  

  
 E-2 

 EXHIBIT F 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S 

[Date] 
 Quorum Health Corporation 

1573 Mallory Lane, Suite 100 
 Brentwood, TN 37027 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Facsimile: (615)-465-2871 

Regions Bank 
 as Trustee and Registrar 

Corporate Trust Services 
 150 4th Avenue North 

Suite 900 
 Nashville, TN 37238 

Attention: Wallace L. Duke, Jr. 
 Facsimile: (615) 770-4350 

 

	Re:	Quorum Health Corporation (the “Issuer”). 

 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023
(the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of $[        ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we
confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person
acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and
neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2)
or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 
 (d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to
evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions
of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or
Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be. 
 We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuer and, to our knowledge,
the transferee of the Notes [is][is not] an Affiliate of the Issuer. 

  
 F-1 

 The Trustee, Registrar and the Issuer are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings
set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 [Name of Transferor]

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Authorized Signature

  
 F-2EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

[EXECUTION VERSION] 

$400,000,000 
 Quorum
Health Corporation 
 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

April 22, 2016 
 CREDIT
SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, 
 As Representative of the several Initial Purchasers, 

C/O CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC 

Eleven Madison Avenue 
 New York,
New York 10010 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Quorum Health Corporation (the “Issuer” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, agrees with Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, as representative (the “Representative”) of the several initial purchasers named in Schedule A hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase
agreement, dated April 8, 2016 (the “Purchase Agreement”), to issue and sell to the several Initial Purchasers $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”) to be
unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) as to the payment of principal and interest on the Completion Date (as defined below) by the entities listed in Schedule I attached hereto (the “Guarantors”). The
Initial Securities (as defined below) will be issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of April 22, 2016 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), among, initially, the Issuer and Regions Bank, an Alabama banking
corporation, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”). The Initial Securities will be offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (as defined
below). If any of the conditions to the release of escrowed funds described in “— Escrow of Proceeds; Escrow Conditions” of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum (as defined in the
Purchase Agreement) will not be satisfied substantially concurrently with the Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (i) the Representative will deposit the gross proceeds from the offering of Notes by the Issuer on the Closing Date (as
defined in the Purchase Agreement) into an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, (ii) the Issuer will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into the Escrow Account an amount of cash that,
when taken together with the gross proceeds of the offering of the Notes deposited therein, will be sufficient to fund a Special Mandatory Redemption (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of the Notes on May 31, 2016 and (iii) the Issuer will also
deposit into the Escrow Account an amount of cash equal to five days of interest accrued on the Notes. In addition, on or prior to the date that is five business days prior to the last day of each month, from and including May 2016 through and
including June 2016 (in each case, unless the Escrow Release Date (as defined in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum) has occurred), the Issuer will also deposit (or cause to be deposited) into the Escrow Account an amount of cash equal to the
amount of interest that will accrue on the Notes from (and including) the first day of the following month through (and including) the last day of such following month (as calculated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (as defined below)).
The Escrow Account will be governed by an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) to be dated as of the Closing Date, among the Issuer, the Trustee and Regions Bank, an Alabama banking corporation, as escrow agent (the
“Escrow Agent”). If all of the conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement are satisfied, the escrowed funds will be released as described in the Escrow Agreement (the date of such release (or under the circumstances described in
the following sentence of this paragraph, the Closing 

 
Date) is referred to herein as the “Completion Date”). If all of the conditions to the release of escrowed funds described in “— Escrow of Proceeds; Escrow
Conditions” of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum will be satisfied substantially concurrently with the Closing, (i) the Escrow Account deposit and related procedures described in the
Preliminary Offering Memorandum will not be implemented, (ii) the Notes will not be subject to any Special Mandatory Redemption provisions and (iii) the “Completion Date” will be deemed to be the Closing Date for all purposes
hereunder. On the Completion Date, the Spin-Off (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) will be consummated and the Guarantors will execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture. On the Completion Date, the Guarantors will join this Agreement by
execution and delivery to the Representative of the joinder attached hereto as Annex A (the “Registration Rights Joinder”), pursuant to which the Guarantors shall obtain the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as
though they each had entered into this Agreement on the date hereof. If the Issuer redeems the Notes pursuant to the Special Mandatory Redemption provided for under the Indenture, then the consummation of such redemption shall cause this Agreement
to automatically terminate, with no further obligations of the parties hereunder. As used herein, prior to the Completion Date, references to the “Initial Securities” refer only to the Notes, and on and after the Completion Date,
such references shall refer to the Notes and the Guarantees. 
 As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company agrees and, upon
execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Joinder, the Guarantors will agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange
Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below) (collectively, the “Holders”), as follows: 

1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall, at its own cost, prepare and, not later than 365 days after the date of the
original issue of the Initial Securities (the “Issue Date” and such date 365 days thereafter, the “Target Date”), file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration
statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered Exchange
Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such
Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and substantially identical to the Initial Securities
(except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) and registered under the Securities Act. Unless not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy,
the Company shall (i) cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act, (ii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if
required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”) and (iii) cause the Registered Exchange Offer to be
completed, in each case, not later than the Target Date. For purposes of this Agreement, “business day” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in
New York City. 
 If the Company effects the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to consummate the Registered Exchange
Offer 30 days after the commencement thereof; provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer. 

Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, unless not permitted by applicable law or
Commission policy, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) electing to
exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business
and has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange 

  
 2 

 
Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without
any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. 

The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the
absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities
(an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex B hereto on the cover, (b) Annex C hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the
“Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex D hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus
containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale. 

The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement
the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such
requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be
the lesser of (x) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (y) the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such
period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available upon request to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange
Securities for a period of not less than 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 If, upon consummation
of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer,
shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt
securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but
excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are
herein collectively called the “Securities”. 
 In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall: 

(a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with
an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
 (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less
than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders; 

(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee; 

  
 3 

 (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Initial Securities at any time prior
to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and 

(e) otherwise comply with all applicable laws. 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall: 

(x) accept for exchange all the Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be; 
 (y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial
Securities so accepted for exchange; and 
 (z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of
the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 

The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that
all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter. 

Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange
will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the initial date on which interest began to accrue
on the Initial Securities. 
 Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent in writing (which
may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of
business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an
“affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if
such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 
 Notwithstanding any other
provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming a part thereof and any supplement thereto complies as to form in all material respects with the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 

2. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the
Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as 

  
 4 

 
contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated by the Target Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests in writing with respect to the Initial
Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder notifies the Company in
writing that it (A) is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (B) may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without
delivering a prospectus (other than an Exchanging Dealer), then the Company shall take the following actions: 
 (a) The
Company shall, at its cost, as promptly as practicable file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) a registration statement
(the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the
Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) by the Holders thereof (x) in the case of clause (i) above, on or prior to the 335th day after the Issue Date or (y) in the case of
clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, on or prior to the 90th day after the date on which such Shelf Registration Statement is required or requested to be filed, in each case in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf
Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by
it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder. 

(b) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in
order to permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, until the earlier of (x) one year from the date such Shelf Registration Statement is first declared effective and (y) the date on
which all the Securities registered under the Shelf Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance therewith (the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to
keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless (i)
such action is required by applicable law or (ii) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including, but not limited to, the acquisition
or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 3(j) hereof, if applicable. 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration
Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the
Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
 3. Registration Procedures. In connection with
any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply: 

(a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy
of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is
participating in 

  
 5 

 
the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such
comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex B hereto on the cover, in Annex C hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange
Offer” section and in Annex D hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex E hereto in the Letter of
Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser in writing, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus
forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Initial
Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”),
whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel),
represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a
prospectus supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f)) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement, as selling securityholders. 
 (b) The Company shall give written notice to the Initial
Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses
(ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made): 

(i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration
Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
 (ii) of any request by the Commission for
amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information; 

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company
to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405; 
 (iv) of the receipt by the
Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 

(v) of the happening of any event during the period that the Registration Statement is effective that requires the Company
to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 

  
 6 

 (c) The Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal
at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. 
 (d) The
Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration who so requests in writing, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or
supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchasers,
make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405. 

(e) The Company shall upon request deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder
who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests, all
exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference). 
 (f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration
Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any
amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the
Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 

(g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such
other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such
persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and
such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such
Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 (h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities pursuant to any
Registration Statement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of
the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to
enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business or as a dealer in Securities in any
jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action that would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. 

(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales
of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. 

  
 7 

 (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs
(ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or
a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities
and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers, the
Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known
Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). During the period during which the Company is required to maintain an effective Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this
Agreement, the Company will prior to the three-year expiration of that Shelf Registration Statement file, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective
automatically upon filing) within a period that avoids any interruption in the ability of Holders of Securities covered by the expiring Shelf Registration Statement to make registered dispositions, a new registration statement relating to the
Securities, which shall be deemed the “Shelf Registration Statement” for purposes of this Agreement. 

(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number
for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be. 
 (l) The
Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise
provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal
year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period. 

(m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely
manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee
thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture. 
 (n) The Company may require each Holder of
Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion of the
Holder in the Shelf Registration Statement, including requiring the Holder to properly complete and execute such selling security Holder notice and questionnaires, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as the Company may reasonably deem
necessary or appropriate, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 

  
 8 

 (o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if
requested in connection with an underwritten offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the
Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration. 
 (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make
reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities
or any such underwriter at all reasonable times and in a reasonable manner all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees,
accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be
reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on
behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof; and provided further, however, that any information that is
designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by each such person, unless (A) the disclosure of such information is necessary to avoid or correct a
material misstatement or material omission in such Registration Statement or prospectus, (B) such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding, to any governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over each such person or
their respective affiliates, or is reasonably necessary in order to establish a “due diligence” defense” pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities Act or (C) such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third
party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality. 
 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company,
if requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any) addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement covering
such matters as are customarily covered in opinions given in connection with underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such holders and managing underwriters, if any; (ii) its officers to execute and
deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity
for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type
customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by AU Section 634 of the Interim Accounting Standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board. 
 (r) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if requested by any Initial
Purchaser or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the Company shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the form set forth in Sections 5(p), 7(c) and 7(d) of the
Purchase Agreement with such changes as are customary in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement and (ii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which

  
 9 

 
financial information is provided in the Registration Statement to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in customary form, meeting the
requirements as to the substance thereof as set forth in Section 7(a) of the Purchase Agreement, with appropriate date changes. 

(s) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by
Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Initial Securities so
exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 

(t) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial
sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated
with the appropriate rating agencies, in any such case if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any. 

(u) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate
as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Rules”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. thereof, whether as a
Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will cooperate with such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including,
without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 5121, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such
Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the
yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may
be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules. 
 (v) The Company shall use
its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby. 

4. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its
obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof (including the reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer), whether or
not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of
one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith. 

5. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of the Securities, any Participating
Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred
to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any 

  
 10 

 
actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party
may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained
in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 433 (“Issuer FWP”), relating to a
Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the
Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the
Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration Statement or
prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Indemnified Party and furnished to
the Company by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf
Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
purchased the Securities concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Securities was required to be delivered (including through satisfaction of the conditions of Commission Rule 172) by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer
under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there was not conveyed to such person, at or prior to the time of the
sale of such Securities to such person, an amended or supplemented prospectus or, if permitted by Section 3(d), an Issuer FWP correcting such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission if the Company had previously
furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified
Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to
the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders. 
 (b) Each Holder of the Securities, severally and
not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in
respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement
or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth
immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage,
liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons. 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding
(including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5, 

  
 11 

 
notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any
liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further, however, that
the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified
party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume
the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such
indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, provided that such consent is not unreasonably withheld or delayed; effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional
release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified
party. 
 (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in
subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant
to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but
also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed
to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section
5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of
damages that such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to
contribution as the Company. 
 (e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to a
Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 

  
 12 

 6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Additional interest (the
“Additional Interest”) with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iii) below a “Registration
Default”): 
 (i) if the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or before the Target Date; 

(ii) if obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 2 above, the Shelf
Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 120th day after the date on which the obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement arises; or 

(iii) after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is
declared (or becomes automatically) effective and during the period when such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is required to be kept effective, (A) such Registration Statement ceases to be effective; or (B)
such Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b) below) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which
the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made not misleading, (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, or (3) such
Registration Statement is a Shelf Registration Statement that has expired before a replacement Shelf Registration Statement has become effective. 

Additional Interest shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities over and above the interest set forth in the title of the Securities from and including
the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a
Registration Default, and such rate will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.0% per annum. 

(b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iii)(B) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in
relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual
audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect to the
Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement
and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above
paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured. 
 (c) Any amounts of Additional
Interest due pursuant to clause (i) through (iii) of Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by
multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period
(determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360. 

  
 13 

 (d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until the earliest
of (i) the date on which such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange
Offer of an Initial Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and (iii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement. 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 6, for purposes of clarification, the amount of Additional Interest payable shall not
increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending. 
 7. Commission Rules 144 and 144A. So
long as it is required to do so by the Indenture, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner. If at any time the Company is not
required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Commission Rules 144 and
144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration
under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Commission Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Commission Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective
purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied
with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act. 

8. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold
in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering. 
 No person may participate in any underwritten registration
hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii)
completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

9. Miscellaneous. 

(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or
consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or
consents. 
 (b) Joinders. On the Completion Date, the Issuer shall cause the Guarantors to join this Agreement by
executing and delivering to the Representatives the Registration Rights Joinder. 

  
 14 

 (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder
shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery: 

(1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company. 

(2) if to the Initial Purchasers, as follows: 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC 

Eleven Madison Avenue 

New York, NY 10010-3629 

Attention: LCD-IBD 

with a copy to: 

CRAVATH, SWAINE & MOORE LLP 

Worldwide Plaza 

825 Eighth Avenue 

New York, NY 10019-7475 

Facsimile No.: (212) 474-3700 

Attention: Joseph D. Zavaglia, Esq. 

(3) if to the Company, at its address as follows: 

QUORUM HEALTH CORPORATION 

1573 Mallory Lane, Suite 100 

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027 

Attention: General Counsel 

with a copy to: 

BASS, BERRY & SIMS PLC 

150 Third Avenue 

Suite 2800 

Nashville, TN 37201 

Facsimile No.: (615) 742-2701 

                     
     (615) 742-0449 
 Attention: Leigh Walton, Esq. 

                  Jay H. Knight, Esq.

 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered;
three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date hereof,
entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. 

  
 15 

 (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic image scan), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect
the meaning hereof. 
 (g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. 
 (h) Severability. If any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained
herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (i) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval
of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely
by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank] 

  
 16 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement on the date hereof among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms. 

 

					
		 	Very truly yours,
		
		 	Quorum Health Corporation
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas D. Miller

		 	Name:	 	Thomas D. Miller
		 	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

 [Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
	
	CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Priyanka Verma

		 	Name: Priyanka Verma
		 	Title: Director
		
		 	Acting on behalf of itself and as the Representative of the several Initial Purchasers

 [Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement] 

 SCHEDULE A 

Initial Purchasers 
  

					
		  	 Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 UBS
Securities LLC
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
 J.P. Morgan
Securities LLC
 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated
 RBC Capital Markets, LLC

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
 Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc.
 Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc.
 Fifth Third Securities, Inc.
	  	

 ANNEX A 

Quorum Health Corporation 

$400,000,000 11.625% Senior Notes due 2023 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS JOINDER 

April 29, 2016 
 CREDIT
SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, 
 As Representative of the several Initial Purchasers, 

C/O CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC 

Eleven Madison Avenue 
 New York,
New York 10010 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Reference is made to the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) dated April 22, 2016, among
Quorum Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer” or the “Company”), and the several Initial Purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC is acting as representative (in such capacity, the “Representative”), concerning certain registration rights provisions with respect to the $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.625% Senior Notes due
2023 issued by the Issuer. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Rights Agreement. This agreement (this “Registration Rights Joinder”) is the
“Registration Rights Joinder” referred to in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 Each of the Guarantors, for good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby agrees to join, and to become bound by the terms, conditions, covenants, agreements, indemnities and other provisions of, the Registration Rights Agreement as a
“Guarantor”, in each case with all attendant rights, duties and obligations stated therein, with the same force and effect as if originally a party thereto, and as if such party executed the Registration Rights Agreement on the date
thereof. 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of
this Registration Rights Joinder by signing in the space provided below. 
  

	
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Subsidiary Guarantor Signature Blocks]

 [Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder] 

  
 A-2 

			
	The foregoing Registration Rights Joinder is hereby accepted as of the date first above written.
	
	CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
		 	Acting on behalf of itself and as Representative of the several Initial Purchasers

 [Signature Page to the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder] 

  
 A-3 

 ANNEX B 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter”
within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where
such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this
Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” 

 ANNEX C 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Initial Securities were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 ANNEX D 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
 Each
broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition,
until             , 201[●] (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. 

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by
broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or
dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities
that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities
Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. 

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of
the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. 

 ANNEX E 

CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR
SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 
  

							
		 	Name:	 	  
	 	
		 	Address:	 	  
	 	
		 		 	  
	 	

 If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage
in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. 

 SCHEDULE I 

List of QHC Guarantors 
  

			
	 Guarantor
	  	 Jurisdiction of Organization

	Anna Hospital Corporation	  	IL
	Big Bend Hospital Corporation	  	TX
	Big Spring Hospital Corporation	  	TX
	Blue Island Hospital Company, LLC	  	DE
	Blue Island Illinois Holdings, LLC	  	DE
	Blue Ridge Georgia Holdings, LLC	  	DE
	Centre Hospital Corporation	  	AL
	Clinton Hospital Corporation	  	PA
	CSRA Holdings, LLC	  	DE
	Deming Hospital Corporation	  	NM
	DHSC, LLC	  	DE
	Evanston Hospital Corporation	  	WY
	Forrest City Arkansas Hospital Company, LLC	  	AR
	Forrest City Hospital Corporation	  	AR
	Fort Payne Hospital Corporation	  	AL
	Galesburg Hospital Corporation	  	IL
	Granite City Hospital Corporation	  	IL
	Granite City Illinois Hospital Company, LLC	  	IL
	Greenville Hospital Corporation	  	AL
	Hamlet H.M.A., LLC	  	NC
	Hospital of Barstow, Inc.	  	DE
	Hospital of Louisa, Inc.	  	KY
	Jackson Hospital Corporation (KY)	  	KY
	Lexington Hospital Corporation	  	TN
	Marion Hospital Corporation	  	IL
	Massillon Community Health System LLC	  	DE
	Massillon Health System LLC	  	DE
	Massillon Holdings, LLC	  	DE
	McKenzie Tennessee Hospital Company, LLC	  	DE
	MMC of Nevada, LLC	  	DE
	Monroe HMA, LLC	  	GA
	MWMC Holdings, LLC	  	DE
	National Healthcare of Mt. Vernon, Inc.	  	DE
	Phillips Hospital Corporation	  	AR
	QHC California Holdings, LLC	  	DE
	QHG of Massillon, Inc.	  	OH

			
	Quorum Health Investment Company, LLC	  	DE
	Quorum Health Resources, LLC	  	DE
	Red Bud Hospital Corporation	  	IL
	Red Bud Illinois Hospital Company, LLC	  	IL
	San Miguel Hospital Corporation	  	NM
	Sunbury Hospital Company, LLC	  	DE
	Tooele Hospital Corporation	  	UT
	Triad of Oregon, LLC	  	DE
	Watsonville Hospital Corporation	  	DE
	Waukegan Hospital Corporation	  	IL
	Waukegan Illinois Hospital Company, LLC	  	IL
	Williamston Hospital Corporation	  	NC
	Winder HMA, LLC	  	GA

  
 Schedule I - 2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00257-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00257-of-00352.parquet"}]]